Manual Repair Structural Yet 72035a Mu-2
Manual Repair Structural Yet 72035a Mu-2
Section Topic _ _
General Information
Title Page
Manufacturer’s Introduction
Record of Revisions
Record of Temporary Revisions
List of Effective Pages
1 General
Type of Construction
Ground Handling
Symmetry and Alignment Check
Temporary Revision No. 1-1
Rebalancing of Elevator and Rudder
Airframe Inspection
Classification of Damage
Aerodynamic Smoothness
Sealing
Temporary Revision No. 1-2
Corrosion Prevention
Standard Repair
Materials Used in Repair
Rivet
2 Wing Group
General
Outline of Structure
Temporary Revision No. 2-1
MU 0101R3)
Section ToDic
3 Empennage Group
General
General Description of Structure
Structural Material Index Diagram
Limits for Negligible Damage
4 Fuselage Group
Short Fuselage Group
General
Description of Structure
Limits for Neglible Damage
Typical Repair Examples
Long Fuselage Group
General
Description of Structure
Limits for Negligible Damage
Typical Repair Examples
5 Nacelle Group
GeneralDescription
Temporary Revision No. 5-1
Temporary Revision No. 5-2
MU 0101 R3)
Section Topic
7 Gear-Up Landing
General
Repair of Gear-Up Landing Damage
8 Numerical Index
Numerical Index
End of Index
MU 0101 R3
IVI FG.
INTRO
YET 72035A
MU12
STRUCTURAL
RE PA IR
I\1I P~ N UA, L,
1M I II~SUBISWI
WLAVY INDUSTRIES, LTb.
RECORD OF REVISIONS
~Bp´•
MFG REV
NO DESCRIPTION ISSUEDATE ATPREVDA INSERTED BY
1-2 TRNo.l-2:1-57
2-1 TR No.2-1:2-47
The u~ndernoted Mitwbishi MU-2B series Service Publication has been issued by Mitsrzbishi Irleavy
’Lndustries, Ltd, in Japan, It is the and/or opa~or’s responsibiiiS fo adt~ere to or comp~y with
new informat~ion contained ill ´•I~he publicafion attached hereto,
4,051 AIRPORT
SUIT~800 TEZ~F;PHONE: ’(972) 934´•5480
Rev. No.2
25 Jan. 2002 A
MU-2 SIRUCrURAL RePA1R AIIANUAL
6-1 9/27/2004
INTRODUCTION
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
1. GENERAL
This manual provides structural repair instructions on Mitsubishi Model MU-28 series
airplanes, together with applicable general repair information. Repair methods not
incorporated in this manual shall be in accordance with the instructions given in
AC43.13-1 Aircraft Inspection and Repair Manual or equivalent.
(1) Model MU-2B series and corresponding ship numbersare shown as follows.
The short fuselage series of 9,975 mm long are shown in the left column above, and
the long fuselage series of 11,840 mm long are shown in the right column.
(2) Each page bears a block containing model No’s, and it is placed at the head of the
page.Applicable models are shown by shading the unapplicable model shown in an
example shown.
The example of the applicability block here shows from some airplanes of MU-2B
3. ARRANGEMENT OF MANUAL
up landings. Section VIII presents numerical index of the part numbers applicable to
Section II thru Section V.
Read Section I, "General", before attempting repairs on the airplane. The "Airplane
Master Index Diagram", Figure 3, is the key illustration for reference to the remainder of
this manual. Strictly follow the described procedure to utilize most efficiently.
1. This StructuralRepair Manual shall not be used for spares part number identification.
Consult the Parts Catalogue of the applicable model of MU-2B for such information.
Part numbers hereinare used only as a means of identification when nomenclature
alone is inadequate.
2. Left hand and right hand parts when listed together under one index number, the left
parts are normally shown on the illustration, while on the part list the left part numbers
are usually designated with odd dash numbers explicitly and, in a bracket immediately
after it, the corresponding right hand part number, which has usually the next even
dash number, is shown.
5. JCAB APPROVAL
"Practical Repair Example" in Section II through V and "Typical Repair and Application" of
Section VI have been approved by JCAB.
SECTION
GENERAL
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION I
GENERAL
1-I
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION I
GENERAL
CONTENTS
Page
1. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 1-1
1.1 GENERAL ´•1-1
1.2 STRUCTURAL MATERIAL DIAGRAM ´•1-1
5.4
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY STRUCTURE 1-31
1-II
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Page
8. SEALING ´•´•´•´•´•´•1-43
8.1 GENERAL´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• ´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•1-43
8.2 INTEGRAL TANK SEALING 1-52
8.3 PRESSURE-TIGHT SEALING ´•1-55
8.4 WATER TIGHT SEALING 1-57
8.5 SELF CONTOURING SEALING 1-58
12. RIVET
12.1 GENERAL ´•1-99
12.2 TYPE, MATERIAL AND SIZE OF FASTENER 1-99
12.3 EDGE DISTANCE OF RIVET HOLE ´•1-101
12.4 LOOSE RIVETS 1-106
i-iii
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1-iv
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
l-v
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
1.1 GENERAL
The MU-2 is a high wing, utility plane equipped with two AiResearch TPE331 turboprop
engines (See Fig 1). The fuselage is of semi-monocoque construction with circular
bulkheads and ring frames, and consists of a cabin, a private room (MU-2B-30,-35,
-36,-36A and -60 only), and compartments of electronics, air conditioning, electrical
and landing gears. In the cabin, 6 thru 10 passenger seating arrangements are
available, and the cabin and private room (MU-28-30,-35,-36,-36A and -60 only) are
pressurized to maintain a pressure equivalent to 8,000 ft. or 6,700 ft. at a flight altitude
of 20,000 ft., 23,000 ft., or 25,000 ft. (maximum differential pressure 4.16, 5.0 or 6.0
psi). The wing is jointed at the upper fuselage by four bolts and consists of a main wing
body, flaps, spoilers, trim ailerons and nacelles. On each wing tip an auxiliary fuel tank
is mounted. Inside the wing are fuel tanks. MU-PB has twin bladder tanks in the inner
flaps are double slotted, covering approximately the full spans, and operated by a
single motor. The tricycle landing gear incorporates nose wheel steering. The main
gears are retracted into the fuselage behind the passenger compartment (for MU-2B-
30,-35, -36,-36A and -60 models, retracted into the fuselage bulge) while the nose
gear is retracted into the forward fuselage. All flight control systems are manually
The diagrams presenting type and gage of material for airframe components such as
skins, longerons and ribs are given in Section II thru V, as a guide to know formally the
areas required to repair. The station diagrams for all models are shown in Fig 2.
The airplane master index diagram will show you where the repair instructions you
need now are described.
1-1
39 ft. 2 in.
15 ft. 9 in.
E
c
ul i I
-n I r I r\ I u,
a’ M I U M
a
c
o
G) I I I Im
I lli I IL I I I
ol r
a
3 a
cr, m
\I i C’ a
a
c
P
r
to
33 ft. 3 in.
39 ft. 2 in.
15 ft. 9 in.
Z
U C
r;
I~
Z! hh I ~D
cn Y~ 11\ I C
:I
t) ii II--- i I I I C
(D
ay
P
a
m
3 ~o
cn
co r,
II 11 I ~:::::i I 1D
h rl I "o F~ r
z
r
C
6 1-’~´•:
ul I:-ve
r
=r
i 14ft~
[IB:--
7 ft. 11 in.
38 ft. 10.1 in.
W.S. 5450
W.S. 4350
F.sTA 930
F.STA 1080 hLa 71
w.s. 3950
F.S~A 1275
F.STA 1445 1 II a rl w.s. 3550
W.S. 3150
Z
e
F.STA 2130
F.STA 2410
dl I w.s.
I;
F.STA 2690 1 I~ 11 11.5. 2320
W.S. 2250
V)
H.S. 2140
Z! F.S~A 3105
W.S. 1750
~D
(C1 H.S. 1990 O
C
IU
F.STA 3690 O H.S. 1480
W.S. 1350 O
F.STA 3905
o
H.S. 1160 m_l
W.S. 950
V) C
H.5 810
P
F.5~ 1660
iO w.s. seo ~I
o 360
3 r
F.STA 4930 O
F.STA 5180
P.
F.STA 5300 ~D
o, nl rl IU 11.5. 360 O :li::
m
(a F.STA 5600 W.S. 580
H.s.
W.S. 950
3 F.5TA 6150
H.S. 1150 ~El
Ws~
F.STA 6670 C3 11.5. 1480 r
VI h W.S. 1750
H.S. 1790
.i,
F.STA 7200 ~p 4 i) H.S. 2140
ol I
wszasa
Z
H.S. 2320 C
F.STA 7500
1~3:i
W.S. 2750 1: i-i:-iii:-- :li -ii:ii ii´•i:i r
F.STA 8208.5
W.S. 3150
F.STA 8545
w.s. 3550
W.S. 4350
cn, 4,
t’_l:P:
F.STA 9915 1 ~C I N I I I
w.s. 4750
W.S. 4950
W.S. 5450
e:_l_ia
o
io
W.S. 5450
W.S. 5320
F.STA 0 I I nI W.S. 5150
W.S. 4835
F.STA 350
W.S. 4600
W.S. 4350
F.STA 930 11 I 1\ 1111l ii w.s. 4150
F.STA 1080
IlllIor 1 w.s. 3950
F.STA 1275
F.STA 1445
W.S. 3550
W.S. 3350
W.S. 3150
Z
F.STA 2130 W.S. 2950
C
w.s. 254)
1;
H.S. 2320 If--fill I I W.S. 2250
V)
F.STA 3105 1 1 I H.S. 2140
V Tll IU w.s. 1950
TI
H.S. 1790 IJ
cn
h,
F.STA 3690 O H.S. 1480
W.S. 1600
C
F.SrA 3905 L I 1\ ~1 O W.S. 1250 O
H.S. 1160 -m
v, o w.s. 920
F.STA 4660
iO H.S. 840
0 W.S. 580
C
~1
0 H.S: 360
F.STA 4930 O r
3J
F.STA 5180
II: F.STA 5300 1 I I) ]II I I I P
P, H.S. m
F.STA 5600 360
co
W.S. 580
vl
P
F.STA 6150 H.S. 846 0
3 W.S. 920
H.S. 1160 11
0 W.S. 1250
:i:::::
r F.STA 6670 ´•c, D 11.5. 1480 ~U
UI W.S. 1600 Oo
H5. L?90
P 5Tb 72W W.S. 1950 Z
11.5. 2140
F.SrA 7500 W.S. 2250 C
H.S. 2320
ws. aso IWr
I I I W.S. 2950
F.STA 8208.5
W.S. 3150
F.STA 8545
W.S. 3350
W.S. 3550
F.STA 9085
W.S. 3950
01 1 W.S. 4150
Q) 0,
W.S. 4350
W.S. 5450
r.sTn D
W.S. 5320
F.S~A 350
W.S. 5150
W.S. 4835
F.STA 930
F.STA 1080 W.S. 4350
F.STA 1275
F.STA 1445 i O w.s. saoo
F.STA 1650
.STA 1820
.ST
10 w.s. 3400
F.S~A 4930
Ks 850
_T~ H.Z. B(O -i O w.s. 920 c
p, 0 11
F.STA 5180
F.STA 5300
O H.S. 270 O w.s.
F.STA 5600 r
a F.STA 5875
H.S. 270
P) F.STA 6150 W.S.
co O a
F.STA 6410 ,ilni a
ii; H.S. 850
-e H.S. 840 O W.S.
’:Ln
F.STA 6670 920
3 -c,
--I---,-
F.STA 6935 H.S. 1160 0 W.S. 1250 30
W ´•STA 7200 H.S. 1480 1L O W.S. 1600
rz, H.S. 1790
F.STA 7500
F.sTn 7855
~L H.S 2140
H.S. 1995 W.S. 1950
W.S. 2250 Z
)r H.S. 2320
F.S~A 8208.5 r
I
C
W.S. 2550
F.STA v(
8545~ Q) W.S. 3010 t i i. i1 I
F.STA 8810 ’0~
Ire ~5.
FSTAwBS i. O ws, woo
5 Z;
w
o
F.STA -110
I W.S. 5450
F.STA 180 w.s. 5320
W.S. 5150
W.S. 4835
W.S. 4600
F.STA 1080
F.STA 1275 W.S. 4350
F.STA 1445 4150
W.S. 3950
W.S. 3550
F.STA 2130 0 W.S. 3350
W.S. 3150 E
F.STA 2410
F.STA 2690 1 II I\ I I II I v I--I W.S. 2950 C
W.S. 2590
F.STA 3105
H.S. 2320 W.S. 2250 cn
11.5. 1790
W.S. 1950
-1
11
ca w.s. 1600 e
F.STA 4025 H.S. 1480
ru O w.s. Izso O
(n
F.STA 4610
O H.S.
11.5.
1160
840
0 w.s. 920
m
C
F.STA 4850 O w.s.
P,
S~ 110 Bil
O~1 F.STA 5605
O r
a
p,
H.S. 360
O w.S. 580
~X1m
(p F.STA 6175 ’11
-:<n-:
p, F.STA 6495
H.S. 840 O W.S.-920
ul HS. L1M
O W.S. 1950
11.5. 2140 z
W.S. 2250
H.S. 2320 C
F.STA 8035 1 Y4\\\ I LI´•’ W´•S´• 2590
vl
F.STA 8325 1 I I I w.s. 2950 I r
\~I n f1 w.s. 3150
F.STA 8895 w.s. 3350
D O W.S. 3550 Q, Q)
F.STA 9195 c,
c~’ \\\II I I W.S. 3950
F.SrA 9903.5
8 w.s. ~lso
W.S.
w.s. 4600 o, O,
F.STA 10245 ~P
w.s. 4835
W.S. 5150
F.STA 10780 W.S. 5320
W.S. 5450 OIC~
TZ1R1167o
Ca
F.STA -170
F.STA 180
F.STA
’6~
1080
,,o
II i
~i W.S.5150W.S.
I Ilc-
5320
W.S. 5150
W.S. 4835
W.S. 4590
650 t--t
W.S. 4350
c-
O C w.s. Izso
-e
F.STA 7550 ol H.S. 1480 i O w.s. 1600
::::i:::
PSTb 18~5
H117~
~L
L_
E
H.S. 1995 L
0 L W.S LIMI
H.S. 2140
F.STA 8325 W.S. 2250 i
11.5. 2320 Z
F.STA 8615 W.S. 2550 c
---r-
F.STA 8895 -vl:
L W.S. 3010 r
F.STA 9195
F.STA 9550
0 W.S. 3400
::::i:::::
c
o
-I
(D (P~ I I I C
3 a
L´•
v, I ~u t I to r
i.
4V
m
a ,a
(D r+
a a
b ´•r
r+
z
3 rl i. WING GROUP SECTION II C
G~
2. EMPENAGE GROUP SECTION III viicn
r
3. FUSELAGE GROUP SECTION IV I
4. ENGINE NACELLE
GROUP SECTION V
3
Ly
S/N 50t AND UP
~n b
oio
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2. GROUND HANDLING
(2) Procedure
Remove screws on the under surface of wings outboard of each nacelle (W.STA
2560 MU-2B,-10,-1 5,-20,-25,-26,-26A,-30,-35,-36,-36A) (W.STA 2573 MU-2B-
40,-60) and on the side of frame (F.STA 1275), and attach jack pads. Place jacks
under the jack pads, and keeping the airplane level, raise until the landing gears level
the ground.
ICAUT IONI
CAUTION
NOTE
performed by means of small box jacks placed in the respective jacking points.
(See Fig 5)
1-10
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
S/N 4 AND UP
B
PI,
SIN 101 AND UP
S/N 501AND UP
~A B
Fig4 Jacking
1-11
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
*Jacking point
1-12
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i
I
I
STA8035
/~hTq Clip
i Plumb bob
STA8325
Set point
e/ vp
1-13
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2.3 HOISTING
Wing 016A-99025-11
Fuselage 016A-99026-11
For complete airplane hoisting, remove nylon plug-bolts and caps from rear spar
(W.´•STA 1150), inboatd engine nacelle and lower frame of cabin window, F.STA
3105 (MU-2B,-10, -15, -20, -25, -26, -26A and -40), F.STA 4610 (MU-2B-30, -35,
-36, -36A and -60), and attach hoist fittings. Hook the sling shackle and hang up
slowly without abrupt load. A slight longitudinal unbalance is corrected by pulling
ropes tied to nose gear strut and aft fuselage tail skid.
ICAUTIONI
CAUTION
~I;;
A
B
Fig 7 Complete airplane hoisting
1-14
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
e
A,
1-15
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3.1 SCOPE
(1) General
A symmetry check implies measuring elevations of reference points on the level
airplane from a horizontal reference plane. Analignment check implies
measurements of distances between reference points projected from the leveled
airplane to the floor plane.
Perform symmetry and alignment checks in still, constant temperature air, and on a
hard surfaced, level floor. Fuel tanks shall be empty. All access doors shall be in place,
and flight controls shall be rigged with flaps fully retracted, and elevators, elevator
trims, rudder, rudder trim, and trim ailerons in neutral position, and all landing gears
shall be in down position. Measurements for this work shall be accurate as well as
precise in order to assure results with which to determine the airworthiness of the
airplane configuration.
3.3 LEVELING
The following procedures shall be employed to level the airplane prior to a complete
airplane symmetry and alignment inspection.
(1) Jack airplane in accordance with instructions given in Para. 2.1 of this manual.
(2) Level airplane as indicated in Para. 2.2 of this manual. (This procedure will result in
(3) Set up level points 1,2, and 5 as shown on Fig 10. The line of sight through the transit
is in the horizontal reference plane
1-16
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(4) Adjust wing jack until both scales read exactly the same vertical distance from points
1 and 2 to sight line in horizontal reference plane. This precisely levels airplane
laterally.
(5) Adjust forwardjack (rear jack for MU-2B model) so that point 5 is in equai height to
height of point 1 or 2 from sight line in horizontal reference plane. This precisely
levels airplane longitudinally.
(6) Check the level condition of airplane during symmetry and alignment inspection.
(b) Locate and identify applicable check points according to Pig 12 and 13.
(c) Measure the vertical distances from each check points to leveling plane.
(d) Apply the readings to the applicable Formula in the Table 1 listed below.
(e) ’Measured results" must agree with the indicated ’Allowable results".
1-17
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
C haracte ristic
NO. Formula Allowable value tin.) to be checked
0.06+,0.12 (MU-2B)
S-1 9-11, 10-12 Wing Incidence
0-t0.12 ’3
-0.45+0.12 (MU-2B)
S-2 13 15, 14 -16 Wash Out of Wing Tip
-0.55+0.12 ’3
TABLE 1
1-18
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TEMPORARY REVISION
This Temporary Revision No.l-l is applicable to the MU-2 Stiuctural Repair
Manual at Page 1-19.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such
inspection.
CHANGE No. A-4 allowable value for MU-2B-30, -35, -36 and -60 in
Table 2 as follows.
(a) Levelairplane.
(d) Measure the projected distances between two check points according to Table
(e) "Measured results" must agree with the Indicated "Allowable results".
Characteristic
NO. Formula Allowable value tin.)
to be checked
193.590.39 (MU-PB)
A-1 1 13, 2 -14 201.97+0.59 *1 Wing Yaw
222.24+0.59 ’2
275.95+0.39 (MU-2B)
A-2 7 13, 7 -14 285.67+0.79 ’1 Wing Yaw
307.36+0.79 ’2
95.04+0.39 ’1 and
A-4 5-17, 6-18 MU-2B H.Stab. Yaw
95.45+0.39 ’2
TABLE 2
I
TEMPORARY
REv~srow
1-19
’I that revises this page.
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(f) Check the level condition of airplane during symmetry and alignment inspection.
W.P -263
H.Ref.Plane
O
1 L.H i 5 L.H
2 R.H 6 R.H
S/N 4 THRU 42
I/i
W.P -263
H.Ref.Plane
O
1 L.H I R.Spar Ref.Plane 5 L.H
2 R.H 6 R.H
1-20
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W.P -240
H.Ref.Plane
d.
2 R.H 6 R.H
1-21
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
C.L f
(B.P o) I o
a v,
g
v,
pd ii
F.STA O
F.R.P.
(W.PO) I I~J
1-22
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i: -i
i~26
C.L
~isj
(B.P.O)
vl
a cn =d
Ed
F.STA 0
F.R.P. I I ~J
(W.P.O)
1-23
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
16
14
12
10
26
\I
~X
25
17
11
13 15
9 13 15 11 25
21 17 23
1-24
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
25,26
16
9,10 11,12 18,20
23,24
17,19
14
21,22
ij
314 6 5 7 13 15
2 1
STA STA
1,2 1,2 1445 1,2 i
0.39
0.39
0.59 BJ13 ~L BJ,3
WP
UP WP UP W.P
263 UP
t no
-263
1 n o~aP 240
olln BJ 3 o
n nlln
n
FWD FWD
FWD
n o
1-25
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
ZDoor Ent.
/3
o
BJ13 o BJ 13 0.39 O
0.79
Cover
W.P-263 0\ B W.P-240
o
STA
S/N 4 THRU 42, S/N 10LAND UP S/N 501 AND UP 7200
BJ,3
BJ13 STA
S/N 501 AND UP
Cover
STA
8895
W.ST
´•S;3a w.sT
9,10Wing Lower
1600
1600
o
0.3’ o
~b,
o
O
´•o
o
o o
o ´•o
0 O7
1-26
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR ~ANUAL
W,STA
W.STA
1600 R.Spar
11,12 950 11,12
R.Spar Ref,Plane
Wing Lower
Ref.Plane
Wing Lower
O BB14
O
0.35 C
o
o
o o
o´• o
S/N 4 THRU 42
S/N 101 AND UP
13,14 13,14
o
o
O
o
o
0.39_ o ~9 o
O
O
DcBE3rs
S/N 501 AWD UP <D
F.Spar F.Spar Ref.Plane
Ref.Plane S/N 101 AND UP
S/N 4 THRU 42
13,14
Wing Lower
15,16 WingLower 15,16 WingLower
.STA’
W.STA
150
4790 IW.STA
0 ~jLh \5150
O ~Z- O
O O \V o
o 5’ o
o
00 o
o
o ’39 o
0.3~
o
\"´•s
~p BE 5
DC o
S/N 501
F.Spar Ref.Plane
AND UP ~ia’T)
j R.Spar
Ref.Plane
DC
R.Spar
Ref,Plane
S/N 4 THRU 42 S/N 501 AND UP
1-27
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
F.Spar
H.STA
Ref.Plane
2140
r~ra’o
o
BB14
DC
F.Spar R.Spar
Ref.Plane
Ref,Plane 1
H.STA
~I-´•
0:39~
BB14
BE 14/ DC
DC
25,26
F.Spar
Ref.PlaneUP
FWD
V.STA
0.79 2860
BJ13
1-28
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(1) The elevator and rudder in static condition should balance within the moment limit in
the following table.
weight as follows.
Level gage(ref)
1-29
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
NOTE
(2) Rebalancing
(b) In case of nose adjusting washer (010A-22012, lead plate) and in case of
up, add
nose down, decrease adjusting washer or scrape off the back or balance weight to
balance within the specified limit. The adjusting washer (010A-22012) is 0.71 oz
each.
1-30
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
5. AIRFRAME INSPECTION
5.1 GENERAL
A post flight structural inspection shall be made after a dangerously hard landing, or
after the airplane was operated in excess of flight limitations, especially if there was an
unusual noise, poor controllability, or some obvious damage. Any skin buckle shall
be considered as structural damage, requiring inspection and repair of the airframe in
accordance with instruction given in this manual.
Primary structure is defined as any structural assembly essential for sustaining static
loads imposed by any flight maneuver within the flight limitations of the aircraft. Each
is
structurally primary assembly composed of primary structural members for resisting
principal loads and, sometimes in addition, secondary structural members for
maintaining aerodynamic configuration and for supporting items of equipment.
Secondary structure is any structural assembly or member not classified as primary
structure. Structurally secondary assemblies, then, maintain ae rodynam ic
configuration and support items of equipment, and transmit applied loads to the
primary structure.
1-31
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
19
18
20
2 5 io 12 14 15
1
i10
S 17
16
3 4
6 7 8 9 11 13
I I
1. Nose cone glide slope antenna access 11. Flight and engine control cable
door access door
2. Electronics compartment door 12. Flight and engine control cable
3. LH landing
gear operating access door
mechanism and landing light access 13. Antenna dummy
door, RH wiper motor access door 14. Electric and electronics equipment,
4. Anti-icer fluid tank access door air con. system and autopilot
5. Communication door (LH) computer access door
6. Flight control fairleads, electric 15. Electric and electronic equipment,
and electronic disconnect access door air con. system access door (LH)
7. Flight and engine control cable, 16. Main fuselage-aft fuselage
wiring and ADF access door connecting fitting upper and lower
8. RH main gear motor, gearbox longeron access door
drag strut support, LH landing 17. Rudder quadrant access door
gear relay access door 18. Rudder trim tab actuator access
1-32
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-26A -40
18
17
19
1 2 5 9 11
13 14
iO
6 7 8 10 12
16
3 4
15
r 1
1. Nose cone glide slope antenna access 10. Flight and engine control cable
door access door
2. Electronics compartment door 11. Flight and
engine control cable
3. LH landing gear operating access door
(MU-2B-26 only)
mechanism and landing light access 12. Antenna dummy
door, RH wiper motor access door 13. Electric and electronics equipment,
4. Anti-icer fluid tank access door air con. system and autopilot
5. Communication door (LH) computer access door
1-33
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i::s ´•~i -IOiiiiiiiiiii i liiii~25 i:- i i :~iil.i :-- 26. i- i-iiif-iiiIGA 1: -40::
24-60
23
14
Detail A 22
~3 o o o o lo
21
j 4 5 19 20
15 17
16 /18
12
6 7 8 9 10 11 13
1. Nose cone glide slope antenna access 12. Gearbox 8 drag strut support access
door door
2. Electronic compartment door 13. Landing gear power train access door
3. Landing lights (LH 8 RH) 14. Spoiler servo actuator access door
installation, anti-icer fluid tank access 15. Step mechanism access door
door (RH) 16. Cable access door (ADF loop antenna
4. Landing gear chain (LH), wiper motor provision)
(RH), anti-icer control ass’y access 17. Pulley bracket control cable access
door door
5. Communication door (LH) 18, Pulley bracket control cable access
1-34
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
12
4 U 1 6 7 8 16 9
20 13
15
6 3
5 10
3 14
11
10
18
17
19
1. Center wing leading edge upper door 11. Trim aileron actuator access door
2. Center wing trailing edge upper door 12. Nacelle door hook
3. Fuel tank access door 13; Spoiler bracket and flap flexible shaft
4, Fuel tank access door access door
5. Fireextinguisher access door 14. Trim aileron electric plug, flap flexible
6. Electric and fuel system access door shaft access door
7. Fuel shutoff valve access door 15, Flap flexible shaft, fuel vent line
8. Fuel tip tank line access door access door
9. Tip tank connection access door 16, Flap gearbox access door
10. Flap mechanism, spoiler mechanism, 17. Gyro compass flux valve access door
electric system and pitch control 18, Actuator chain access door
access door 19. Elevator trim tab actuator access door
20, Fuel filler
1-35
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
17 16 9 7 2 11
19 5
3 1
"120 20
13
10
18
4 4 15 6 19 18 6
15 15
2 12 13
3 Lower surface
Upper surface
+111
"2 20
*1 SIN 313, S/N 321, S/N 348 THRU 351 except modified by
S/R 001/34-001
*2 Modified by S/R 001134-001, S/N 352 and subsequent
1. Center wing leading edge upper door 11. Gyro compass flux valve access door
2. Center wing trailing edge upper door 12. Actuator chain access door
3. Fuel tank access door 13. Elevator trim tab actuator access door
4. Fire extinguisher access door 14. Fuel filler
5. Electric and fuel system access door 15. Access panel (cemented) (S/N 101
6. Flap and spoiler mechanism access THRU 318, S/N 501 THRU 654)
door 16. Fuel system access door
7. Fuel tip tank line access door 17. Fuel leakage inspection door
8. Trim aileron actuator access door 18. Trim aileron actuator electric plug
9. Nacelle door hook access door
10. Flap gearbox access door 19. Outer tank access door
20. Access door
1-36
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Is 3 7 4 16 15 3 1
597 7711
3 17
10
16
686
14 3 3 3 14
17
1-37
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
6. CLASSIFICATION OF DAMAGE
6.1 GENERAL
Damage to the airframe shall be investigated, and each structural member involved
shall be classified as to extent of damage. Damage may consist of complete
severance and holes, wrinkling and twisting, dents and depressions, nicks, scratches,
cracks, corroded areas, and burned area. Trim and smooth the edges of holes and
severed members to reduce the possibility of stress concentration. Do not trim or
bump out smooth dents and depressions unless negligible damage limitations are
exceeded on air-swept surfaces, and repair plates are positioned on inside of panels.
deeply scratched area. Clean or remove corroded or burned areas, depending upon
severity or damage. Classify the damage as being negligible or repairable.
Damage which consists of dents, depressions, or removal of material, but does not
impair the structural integrity of the member involved, may be classified as negligible
damage and requires no further repair, except for application of functional patches and
sealing materials as applicable.
Damage which can be repaired by installing splice members to bridge the damaged
portion of a structural part is classified as damage repairable by patching. Splice
members span the damaged area and overlap existing undamaged portions of the part.
Structural fasteners are then used to lap-joint the repair members to the damaged part,
thus restoring full load-carrying characteristics and airworthiness of the airplane.
1-38
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Damage which can be repaired by splicing over a length of member identical in shape,
material, and heat treat condition to the damaged part is classified as damage
repairable by insertion. The length of member inserted is identified as the insertion
member. The insertion member is fitted into a space resulting from the removal of
the damaged portion of the structural member involved. Allow a clearance not
exceeding 0.06 in. where insertion and existing Splice members and
member butt.
fasteners are then installed at the butted ends to provide for load
carrying continuity
between existing and insertion members. Insertion repairs may be used to simplify
repair operations when the damaged portion of a member is relatively long, or when
interference with other structural members is to be avoided. For example, if repair
necessitating rework of the bulkhead, an alternate repair may be made by cutting out a
predetermined length of existing longeron, and installing an insertion repair so that the
longeron splice member will be between bulkheads or frames. The splice defined in
paragraph 6.3 then is used at the butted ends to join the insertion member to the
existing member.
replacement.
1-39
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
7. AERODYNAMIC SMOOTHNESS
7.1 GENERAL
Clearances and mismatches between flight control surfaces and fixed components
or airframe.
Flushness of fasteners exposed to airstream.
Requirements given in this paragraph are for repairs and not intended to be used for
general inspection.
Local waviness in each zone shall not exceed the values shown in Table 3. Zone 1
Zone 1 Zone 2
2. When "I" other than 5.9 in, is used, gain "h" from the following figure.
0.5h
5.9in. -tl
1-40
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I Zone 2
~r
C3
Pig 16 Zone
in.
Zone 1 Zone 2
Maximum 0.06
Removable joint
Difference between Max. and Min. 0.032
NOTE: Permanent joint is members jointed with screws or rivets etc. and not removable for
normal service.
Removal joint is members jointed with screws etc. and removed for service.
1-41
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(2) Gaps
Permissible maximum gaps on butt joints in each zone shall not exceed the values
shown in Table 4. Permissible maximum gaps on lap joints shall not exceed the
values shown in Table 5.
(3) Mismatch
Permissible maximum mismatch on butt joint in each zone shall not exceed the
values shown in Table 6.
in.
Airflow direction I I
NOTE 1. Column for FRP parts is applicable to joints between FRP parts or FRP part
and metal skin.
2. 1: Perpendicular to airflow
1-42
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
8. SEALING
8.1 GENERAL
Seals used on the airplane are integral tank leak protection seal, self contouring seal,
water tight seal and pressure tight seal.
(1) Material
Sealant Manufacture Application
*1 PR14228-2 Products Research Corp. Faying Surface Sealant for
or Yokohama Rubber Co. integral tank, fillet
Sealant.
Void Filler Sealant
*1 FR14228-1/2 Product Research Corp. Same as PR1422B-2 quick
or Yokohama Rubber Co. hardening type
1-43
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Naphtha Cleaning
(MIL-N-15178)
1-44
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(2) Cleaning
(a) Protect the area around repair from foreign material, contamination and
(b) Using a plastic scraper (preferably Nylon), remove sealant for approximately 1
(c) Cleaning or surfaces After removing old sealant from area of repair, wipe the
area carefully with clean cheese cloth or gauze saturated with Methylethylketone
or Naphtha. Wipe the area with clean cheese cloth or gauze and allow the area
to dry. For cleaning acrylic glass, use a little Naphtha (TT-N-95 Type II).
NOTE
(b) Mix for 5-6 minutes or 7-10 minutes (PR1425) without including air, using clean
spatula and container. If mixing is not complete, brown streaks will remain.
1-45
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
PR1422A-1/2 0.5 10
PR14228-2 2 36
PR14228-1/2 0.5 10
PR1221 2 10
PR1222 2 10
PR14258-2 2 24
PR14258-1/2 0.5 8
PR341 2 10
PS895 2 24
Pro-Seal 890A-2 2 40
Pro-Seal 8908-2 2 40
NOTE
Standard time for curing at 23"C (73.5" Fl 50% RH 14 days (336 H) or 48 hours
(PR1425)
Hot curing One hour at room temperature and 5 hours at 50" -55"C (122"
131.5" Fl
(e) Storage Sealants (unmixed) packed in a closed container, if stored below 27"C
1-46
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Sealing methods includes faying surface sealing, fillet sealing, brush sealing and
void filling. The typical examples of applications are shown in Fig 17.
Fillet sealing
Brush sealing
Fig 17 Sealing
(a) Fill the cartridge with sealant without including air. Using sealant gun with 57-100
psi pressure and 0.2 in. dia, nozzle, apply sealant continuously to one side of the
fastening holes laying beads as shown in Fig 18.
1-47
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(b) Have the faying surfaces fastened with rivets and screws within time limit of
sealants, and remove the excessive sealants with clean cloth saturated with
toluene (or Naphtha TT-H-95 Type II for acrylic glass).
(c) Sealants filled in fastening holes may be removed within the time limits as needed.
(a) Apply sealant little by little with spatula or gun to avoid inclusion of air, and form
with spatula.
(b) Apply sealant overlapping sound sealant in surrounding area by approximately 1/2
in.
Apply two coats on rivet, bolt, nut and fillet seals with a brush free from loose bristles.
1-48
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(b) Apply uniform thickness without including air, overlapping sound brush sealant on
(0) Apply the second brush coat after the first coat cures tack free.
(8) Topcoating
(a) Inspection
(i) Visually inspect inner surfaces of the wing integral tanks for evidence of
discoloration, blistering or folds of top coating materials. (When there exists no
(ii) If such as evidence is found t indicate faulty adhesion, determine the defected
area by pressing a top coat with fingers or a plastic scraper to locate the spot
where the top coat peels off tank bottom.
(b) Clean up
(i) Defuel the tanks and wipe off residual fuel on the tank bottom with a
cheesecloth or a gauze.
(ii)Clean the area of faulty adhesion and adjacent area with benzine immersed
clean cheesecloth or gauze to remove any surface contamination together with
any minor amounts of paint material remaining. Following this cleaning, the
area should again be thoroughly cleaned using clean cheesecloth or gauze and
allow the area dry.
(i) Remove defective topcoat, using plastic or nonmetallic scrapers or test tape
with the exception of sealant applied area where scrapers should not be used,
but finger tip, brush or test tape should be used taking extreme care not to
damage sealant.
1-49
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(iii)The tape shall be removed in one abrupt motion perpendicular to the faying
surface, by grasping the tape by one end (the bared area side).
Whenever adhesion failure are observed, continue tape testing all edges of the
coating perpendicular to the coating edge, pulling away from the bared area,
until steady adhesion of the coating be ascertained.
Mix the following parts by volume, agitating the base material while slowly adding
accelerator: three parts of base material 454-4-1; one part of accelerator. Allow
material to catalyze for at least one hour prior to application. Maximum pot life of
material is 8 hours under normal temperature conditions. After maximum pot life
discard any unused catalyzed material. Allow material to stand for 30 minutes
then reagitate thoroughly.
(e) Recoating
NOTE
(i) Clean bared area and adjacent topcoated area one-inch wide from edge with
clean cloth moistened with methylethylketone (MEK). Exercise care in
(ii)The cleaned area should be lightly scotch brighted in conjunction with water.
Wipe the repair area with clean cheesecloth or gauze and plain tap water.
(iii)Make sure that the affected areas are free of a water resistant nature. Repeat
the above steps (i) and (ii) until water resistance is eliminated.
(iv)Lay clean cotton cloths dampened with Alodine No.1200 solution over the bared
metal area. Care must be exercised not to allow Alodine solution in contact
with the surrounding intact coating or sealant.
(v)Allow Alodine solution to remain contacted with the metal surface for
approximately 5 minutes.
1-50
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(vi)Lay clean cheesecloth or gauze dampened with plain tap water over the
affected area. Never use scrubbing motion. Change the cloths and water as
frequently as required to remove all residue.
(vii)Lay and press down by hand clean, dry, lintfree cotton cloths over the repair
area to dry it up.
(viii)Let tank dry for 3 hours with air circulation after cleaning. Use special care
while drying to prevent the repair area from penetration of dust and other
contaminants.
(ix)Apply one uniform wet coat of primer 454-4-1 using good quality natural bristle
brushes.
NOTE
(x) Allow to dry at least 24 hours under normal temperature conditions before
placing the tank in service. The coating can be force dried for 1-1/2 hours at
125’ F (50’C), if air source is available.
NOTE
1-51
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Action: Stains which do not affect flight safety, need not be repaired
immediately, but their development should be checked
period ically.
0.24-0.51 in.
DIA
Seep: Advanced state of stain, a leak which reappears in a short period of time
after being wiped clean.
in.
DIA1.5
Heavy Seep: A fuel leak which reappears immediately after it is wiped clean with cloth.
Action: Same as that for stains. When a leak occurs in a sealed portion
on the area other than outer surface of wing, repair immediately.
3.5-4 in.
DIA
Running Leak: Fuel flows continuously out of tank and drips off wing.
1-52
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Even though a leakage is found on the outer surface of tank, the defective area in the
(a) Brush leak detector on the leaking area on the outer surface of tank. Do not
(b) Blow compressed air (max. 90 psi) that has been filtered by air cleaner to the
edges of fillet in the tank interior corresponding to the leaking outer area as
Leaking area
Sealant /r Blow by
compressed
air with nozzle
t Air filter
Leaking area
t
Compressed air
90 psi
(6. 8kg/cm2)
1-53
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(c) Continue applying air until leak detector on the outer surface forms bubbles.
NOTE
(3) Sealing
Perform faying surface sealing, fillet sealing, brush sealing in accordance with
Para. 8.1.
Fillet sealing
(i) Apply brush sealant PR1422A-2 or A-1/2 in accordance with instructions given
in Para. 8.1.(7).
(ii)When replacing bolts, screws, or rivets, fill the holes with PR1422B-2 or B-1/2
using gun for spatula and install clean bolts, screws or rivets in the holes after
PR1422A-2 or A-1/2 has been applied to their shanks and beneath the heads
with brush.
NOTE
1-54
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The sealant was applied to fill the hole that was made at the time of airframe
(i) Apply faying surface sealing, fillet sealing and brush sealing in accordance with
Para. 8.1.
Outer skin rDoor
All voids and holes in the tank that may cause leakage are sealed with PR14228-2
or 8-1/2.
(i) Apply PR14228-2 or 8-1/2 in a slightly excessive quantity with spatula or gun.
(ii) Apply sealant to voids in the corners, in sufficient quantity to extrude when
Ensure that repair sealants is complete, seal all doors and holes except
curing of
compressed air inlet, and adjust internal pressure to 2.7 psi gauge pressure using
clean air that has been filtered by air cleaner. Apply leak detector’to the outer
surface of the tank and inspect visually for 15 minutes.
NOTE
Perform faying surface sealing and fillet sealing with PR1222, PR1221, PR1422 8-
Pig
_-li
23 Sealing of general structure
1-55
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Apply sealant directly to holes with width less than 1/8 in. Attach pressure sensitive
tape (JAN-P-127, Type II, Class C) over the holes with width 1/8 in.--1/4 in. and
apply sealant.
For holes with a width of more than 1/4 in., fill with a rivet, balsa wood plug or cap so
as opening below the 1/8 in, maximum and then seal with
to reduce the a layer of
sealing compound, extending a minimum of 5/18 in, from the edge of the hole.
Sealing compound
Tape
D
5/6 in.
Min. 1/8-1/4 in.
1116
H=1/16 in.
-6
Perform faying surface sealing and fillet sealing with PR1222, PR1221,PR1422 8-2
Door
Fuselage I Door
Fuselage
Bolts, screws and rivets are sealed in accordance with the following procedures after
all other sealing has been completed.
1-56
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such
Pressure-Tight Sealing.
follows.
applying
part of toluene)
PR1425B using gun or spatula.
thinned sealant (mixture of two parts PR?222
Put
or
I
Apply sealant to both sides of washer before installing.
(b) Do not use any sealant other than PR1222 or PR1425B for pressure-tight and
self-contouring sealing.
(e) Use PR341 or PR14258 for fillet sealing on the outer suriace of airp~ane. Have I
the foot of fillet aligned with the existing sound seal.
i. Water-tight seal
2, ~C,J 2. Self contouring seal
3, 3. Pressure-tight seal
-2
3
Windshields attaching screw
(a) Fill the hole with PR1222 using gun or spatula, and put a clean bolt, screw or rivet
in the hole after applying sealant (mixture or two parts of PR1222 with one part of
toluene) to its shank and beneath the head with brush. Apply the sealant to both
sides of washer before installing.
(a) Do not use any solvent other than Naphtha (TT-N-95, Type II) for cleaning.
(b) Do not use any sealant other than PR1222 or PR1425B for pressure-tight sealing.
(e) Use PR341 or PS895 for fillet sealing on the outer surface of airplane. Have the
1
1. Water-tight seal
2\ 2. Self contouring seal
3. Pressure-tight seal
116 ~fi_ 1
Windshields attaching screw
NOTE
Water tight sealing is performed for protection of fuselage mating ends and quick
fastener receptacles from water.
(1) Attach masking tape of approx. 3/4 in, width on both sides of gap so that exposed
surface with 1/32 in.-3/32 in. width remains.
nozzle of sealant gun on the gap. Tilt the gun about 45" to the direction towards
which the gun is running and fill excess compound into the gap. Squeeze the
compound into the gap with an wooden spatula. Smooth the surface of applied
(3) When sealing has been completed, slowly remove masking tape on both sides,
smooth out the edges with fingers immediately after removal of masking tape.
(4) Apply PR341 or PS895 to outer surface of airplane, and PR1222 or PR1425B to
inner surface.
Fig 27 Watertightsealing
This type of sealing is applied around the lid of access door to protect the area from
water.
(1) Apply PR341 or PS895 in ample quantity to airframe with gun or spatula.
(3) Wipe off excess sealing compound with a clean cloth moistened with
(5) When a component, on which sealant has hardened, is disassembled, cut off
protruding sealant with a sharp knife and wipe off the applied petroiatum with a cloth
1-58
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9. CORROSION PREVENTION
9.1 GENERAL
battery with an electrolyte present, and where its environment can be likened to the
electroiyte. Both types of corrosion depend on an atmospheric environment
icy in appearance. This type of corrosion is the result of direct chemical attack.
Fitting corrosion may be recognized by a white or gray powdery deposit, blotching the
surface of aluminum or magnesium alloys, and a brown or red powdery deposit, on
steel. When the deposit is cleaned away, tiny pits or holes can be seen on the
electrochemical attack between the metal and foreign materials on the surface of the
metal in the presence of moisture.
1-59
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
can react with each other as anode and cathode in the presence of moisture to
produce rapid selective electrochemical attack at the grain boundaries. 2024, and
7075 aluminum alloys are the most susceptible to intergranuiar corrosion, since their
alloying constituents are ideal for electrochemical attack.
Galvanic corrosion may be recognized around fittings, lap joints, rivet connections,
etc., by a built-up of powder white, gray, or red corrosive products. Galvanic
corrosion is the direct result of mating two dissimilar metals that are far enough apart
in the galvanic series of metals and alloys. 01 the two mated metals, electrochemical
attack will occur on the metal closet to the anodic end of the series.
Group 5 Cadmium
1-60
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Corrosion deterioration combined with service loading of an airplane can have serious
effects on the structural integrity or service life of primary structural members. Stress
corrosion cracking and corrosion fatigue are the results of the effects of corrosive
deterioration. Loss of effective material, concentration of stress around the affected
area, and acceleration of corrosion as a result of internal stresses are the causes for
premature failure of a structural member. Loss of effective material will increase the
stress on a member carrying the same load as previously carried. Abrupt changes in
cross section, such as surface irregularities caused by corrosion will increase stress in
the affected area. Internal stresses, as induced by cold deformation of material,
press and shrink fits, unequal cooling from high temperature, etc. will not only
accelerate corrosion, but in certain instances add to the applied stresses, thereby
increasing the probability of cracks and failure. Since stress and corrosion are
interactive when combined, cracking may occur at as low a stress as the yield strength
of the material. The combination of stress and corrosion may also cause fatigue
failure long before the normal service life of a material by diminishing the number of
allowable stress cycles.
The necessity for corrosion control is never felt more strongly than when corrosive
deterioration has gone as far as to require a major structural repair. The time and
expense lost in airplane down time, in procurement of materials, and in personnel, not
area becomes a major repair. Of all the factors governing the probability and degree
of corrosion, preventive maintenance by field personnel is the only substantial control
over corrosion. Since the prime requirement for corrosive conditions to exist is a high
and preventive maintenance schedules. If other factors besides high humidity are
known regarding the area, such as concentration of industrial smoke or chemicals or
salt-water atmosphere, further vigilance is necessary. Preventive maintenance as a
cleaned of all corrosive products and treated in the manner prescribed for the
individual metals.
1-61
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9.10 CLEANING
There are two types of cleaning, one is alkaline cleaning and the other is solvent
cleaning.
TABLE 7
1-62
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1-63
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(4) Corrosion
Nomenclature Specification Source Application
MIL-C-5541 Protecting aluminum
Chemical film for
aluminum alloy
Sodium dichromate FED 0-S-595 Kiso Shokai Protecting magnesium
1-64
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Before cleaning, all openings and exposed lubricated parts should be masked, using
masking tape. In addition, main and nose gear tires should be protected by
enclosing them in vinyl plastic tarpaulins. Cleaning should be performed as follows:
(a) Mix one part alkaline water-base cleaner by diluting with three to seven parts of
water, depending on the amount and degree of foreign matter adherence.
temperature will govern area cleanable before alkaline cleaner will dry. Cleaning
should be accomplished in shaded area as much as possible when hot-weather
temperatures are above 80" F.
(c) Rinse surface thoroughly with clean water. Allowing alkaline cleaner to dry
before rinsing causes stains and leaves residue on surface. The cleaner must
NOTE
1 WARNING)
In area of oxygen storage and transfer system, do not
(a) Apply solvent with a wiping cloth, sponge or soft brush (MIL-B-5612) to area being
cleaned.
(b) Allow solvent to remain on the surface for about 30 seconds, then agitate area,
(1) Mix one palt metal conditioner and brightener (M\L-C-25378) with one part water.
This dilution ratio should not be varied for brightening.
lwnnNiNol
WARN ING
damage to material.
(2) Treatment of surface should be limited to small areas for each application t prevent
drying before rinsing and should not be accomplished when environmental
temperatures are below 50’ 5 or above 100’ F. Apply acid brightener with spray
equipment or brush, being sure to use face shield.
ICAUTIONI
CAUTION
(4) Rinse acid brightener from surface, starting from lower surface and working up; this
permits water to flow over previously brightened areas. The procedure should then
be reversed, rinsing from the upper surface to the lower. All traces of acid
brightener should be removed when the rinse water stops bubbling or foaming at the
surface.
NOTE
If, at any time, there is doubt as to what type of metal is being examined or treated, a
NOTE
The corrosion should be removed mechanically from clad aluminum alloys. When
the metal is attacked by exfoliation corrosion; otherwise, the following chemical
removal shall be applied. For exfoliation corrosion, see Para. 9.12.
(1) Mask off nearby plated steel and magnesium, as well as openings and overlapping
surfaces.
corroded area, using brush or clean cloth. A wet rag should be handy to
CAUTION
dispensary.
(3) As an aid to this chemical surface treatment, lightly agitate surface with aluminum
wool (MIL-A-4864), being careful not to remove clad material too much. The acid
should not be left on surface longer than 20 minutes one application.
1-67
~JIU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(4) Sponge off acid material and waste with a damp cloth rinsed
frequently with clean
water. After corrosion is removed, the surface should be uniformly bright.
(5) Finally rinse with clean water and dry with compressed air or clean, dry cloth.
The method of paint removal will depend on accessibility to the corroded area.
(a) Apply solvent-type paint and lacquer remover (MIL-R-25134) with a longhandled
brush (M1L-B-5612).
CAUTION
(b) Let stripper remain on surface for approximately 5 to 15 minutes to allow paint
finish to soften and wrinkle.
(c) Wash surface with water under high pressure if possible; otherwise, paint should
be removed using a clean, damp cloth.
(e) After paint and remover are completely removed, allow the surface to dry.
(a) Apply ethyl acetate (TT-E-751) or lacquer thinner (TT-T-266) to corroded area,
corrosion preventive coating. The combination of protective treatment and final paint
finish gives the surface the best possible protection. However, unless the airplane is
painted or will be painted, a final paint finish should not be considered except in
special cases, such as steel landing gears and their components.
1CAUT IONI
CAUTION
Surface treatment consists of applying chemical films for aluminum alloys (MIL-C-
5541) to the affected area. This treatment must follow immediately after removal of
corrosion. Most solutions conforming to this specification leave a stain which may
be considered objectionable in appearance, but in no way does the stain detract from
the protective value of the treatment. Solutions of Specification MIL-C-5541 must
be mixed according to the instructions on its container. Use of a rubber pail is
recommended for mixing.
WARN ING
wanNING
lint-free cloth. Keep surface wet with solution until a dark yellow or orange stain is
evident. Keep solution confined as much as possible to affected area, off
operation mechanism, plated steel, and openings.
(0) Allow surface to air-dry or blot dry with a clean, lint-free cloth. To speed drying,
low pressure air stream may be directed onto the surface.
1-69
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(d) Mix fresh MIL-C-5541 solution when solution darkens or becomes contaminated.
Keep solution in closed polyethylene container when not in use. Brushes and
thoroughly clean and free from contamination. A stained surface resulting from a
chemical surface treatment is not considered contamination. Attempts to remove
this stain destroy the benefits of the surface treatment.
1-70
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
10.1 GENERAL
All repair should be performed in order to maintain strength and function in design.
Select a pertinent repair method depending on the extent of damage in accordance
with classification of damage and repair per Section VI "Typical Repairs’.
NOTE
10.2.1 GENERAL
Negligible damage is that damage which can be permitted to exist as is, or which
may be corrected by a simple procedure, without restricting flight. In most cases, a
corrective action must be taken to keep the damage from spreading. Frequent
inspection of areas with negligible and minor damage is necessary to ensure that the
damage does not spread. Some examples of negligible damage are described in
the following paragraphs.
Minor dents with no damage to structure which may be left as is, and large dents after
being bumped back to mold line dimension, provided there are no sharp dents or
A damage which does not go through the protective coating of the material, or
whether the damage has gone through the cladding, thoroughly clean the surface
with methylethylketone and apply a 10-percent solution of sodium hydroxide to the
damage area. If the damage has gone through the cladding and into parent
material, a black or dark brown discoloration will appear. This solution should not
remain on the area for longer than 2 minutes because of its corrosive action.
1-71
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The solution must be thoroughly washed from the area with water. Scratches or
nicks are not considered negligible until after they have been reworked by blending or
other prescribed methods. Scratches or nicks may reduce the cross-sectional area
of a material and produce localized stress concentration. This condition can lead to
fatigue cracks and possible failure of the component. (See Pig 28)
To blend properly, a fine grit (400 or finer) abrasive cloth or paper, or aluminum wool
should be used. Do not use crocus cloth or steel wool since it tends to cause
corrosion. Scratches or nicks should be smoothed out with the abrasive to remove
all damage. The reworked area must be kept as small as possible (See Fig 29). In
certain highly stressed areas, it is necessary to usedyepenetrant
a check after
blending to reveal any cracks which may be undetected. After blending, the
damage area must be chemical-film treated and painted. Limitations regarding the
length and depth of scratches and nicks vary in different locations throughout the
airplane. These limitations are shown on the illustrations of negligible damage for
the various areas.
Material removed
Scratch or nick during blending
before blendingClad
Scratch or nick
before
layer
blend~lg_7_--
Stress concentration
LParent metal
f-
Note Blending scratch or nick in
machined bar or extrusion may be
Stress concentration
relieved by blending accomplished in same manner.
1-72
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Corrosion damage which does not exceed the prescribed limits for scratches and
nicks may be considered negligible if the corrosion is cleaned out and the area
This type of damage usually originates at edges, holes or points where concentrated
loads are applied or abrupt changes occur in the cross-sectional area. Limitations
regarding length of crack, distances from other damages, specific locations, etc.,
vary in different locations throughout the airplane. These limitations are shown on
the illustrations of negligible damage for the various areas. All cracks should be
Cleaned-up holes that do not reduce the cross-sectional area of a material enough to
negligible. Limitations regarding size of holes, distances from other damages, etc.,
vary in different locations throughout the airplane. These limitations are shown on
the illustrations of negligible damage for the various areas. All cracks should be
(1) Flush repair is recommended on area affecting airflow. After repair, the area should
(a) Wing;
Upper surface: Applicable but repairs more than one place per bay are not
permitted.
Lower surface: No limitation
(b) Flap;
1-73
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Applicable to all surfaces aft hinge line. Spanwise length of repaired area should
be less than 15% of span and repairs mote than one place per bay are not
permitted.
(d) Leading edges of wing, horizontal stabilizer, vertical stabilizer and dorsal fin. The
basic contours should be maintained.
NOTE
1-74
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Filler
a a
a a
a a
a/~a
‘Zh~ between
a
1"OWS
d a\~‘ /a 11<C
ajd( a
dk 94 e~
a~ 3
IsP
‘9
a
~b
",r ‘rP
‘s
9~ shh~ a, .aP d
a
a
-~g pdb
’9s"~ b, sP dP
Repair plate ------_I 96 ,P. PP/
a
1-75
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
1. Find the material, gage and heat treatment condition of existing member shown
2. Examine the fasteners around the damaged area and select fasteners to be used
in repair.
3. Based on the fasteners selected in step 2 and gage of damaged panel, find
4. Using the information on material and gage of damaged panel and fasteners
selected in step 2, find number of rows and maximum spacing of fasteners from
Table 9 or 11.
5. Using the information obtained from step 3 and 4, trim the damages area and
10.5.1 GENERAL
Fig 31 (sheet 1 of 3). When two or more repair elements are used on a member,
they shall overlap and be jointed by fasteners throughout their lengths as indicated on
sheet 2 and 3 of Fig 31.
1-16
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
For raised head conventional screws For raised head conventional blind
in any material thickness rivets in any material thickness
Minimum Minimum
Fastener Fastener
n n. in.
NAS623-4 0.99
MS20470AD3 0.37
MS20470AD4 0.50
MS20470AD5 0.62
MS20470AD6 0.75
MS20470DD6 0.75
For flush head conventional rivets in 100 degree machine countersunk holes
in.
For flush head conventional blind rivets and FF200 steel JO-bolt in 100 degree machine
countersunk holes
Min. Spacing given below material thickness
Fastener
0.020 0.025 0.032 0.040 0.050 0.063
1-77
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1-78
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1-79
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1-80
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
MS20470AD6 0.75
Flush head conventional solid rivets in 1 ree machine countersunk holes tin.
Minimum spacing given below material thickness
Fastener O~ 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
020 025 032 036 040 045 050 063 071 080 090 100 125
AN427M4 1.00 0.90 0.81 0.79 0.75 0.73 0.70 0.66 0.64 0.63 0.62
AN427M5 1.28 1.14 1.08 1.04 0.99 0.96 0.89 0.86 0.83 0.81
AN427M6 1.56 1.46 1.39 1.33 1.27 1.16 1.12 1.08 1.04 1.01 0.95
MS20426
0.74 0.67 0.61 0.57 0.53 0.50 0.49
AD3
MS20426 0.63 0.62
1.00 0.90 0.81 0.75 0.70 0.66 0.64
AD4
MS20426 0.81
1.28 1.14 1.04 0.96 0.89 0.86 0.83
AD5
M520426 1.08 1.04 1.01 0.96
1.56 1.39 1.27 1.16
AD6
MS20426 1.04 1.01 0.96
1.56 1.39 1.27 1.16 1.12 1.08
nos
Flush head conventional blind rivets and FF2G0 steel JO-bolts in 100-degree machine csk
holes
Minimum spacing given below material thickness
Fastener I 0~ 1 0. 70. 0. 0. I 0. 0. I 0. 0. 0. I 0. 0. 0.
020 025 032 036 040 1 045 050 063 071 1 080 1 090 100 1 125
1-81
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1-82
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TABLE 11(1/4)
NAS221, NAS222, NAS623-3, NAS623-4 NAS517-3, NAS517-4 Flush head screws in
Raised head screws tin.) 100-degree machine countersunk holes tin.
NAS221, NAS222, NAS517-3 NASEil 7-4
Material Material
NAS623-3 NAS623-4
Thickness Thickness
row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp
Thickness row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp
0.020 2 0.62
0.025 2 0.62 2 0.95
0.032 2 0.54 2 0.87 2 1.19 2 1.07 2 1.44
M2O426 Flush head solid rivets in 100-degree machine countersunk holes tin.)
Material MS20426AD3 MS20426AD4 MS20426AD5 MS20426AD6 MS20426DD6
Thickness row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp row max.sp
0.020 4 0.98
0.025 4 0.92
1-83
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TABLE 11(2/4)
1-84
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TABLE 11(3/4)
1-85
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
A free-edged flange or a repair element shall have at least the same flange width as
the corresponding flange of the existing member. Definitions of these terms are
given on sheet 2 of Fig 31.
(i) Form element from same in alloy sheet stock, thickness, and heat-
treatment as the member; or
(ii) Machine element from same in alloy extruded or bar stock, thickness, and
heat-treatment as the member
(i) Form each element from same in alloy sheet stock, one gage thicker,
heat-treat to same temper as the member; or
1-86
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(ii) Machine each element from same alloy bar or extruded stock, one gage
thicker, heat -treat to same as the member.
(a) Read material and temper of existing member as given on applicable repair
index diagram.
(c) Select type and size or fastener given at the head column in the table.
(d) Follow column down to thickness of existing member and read applicable
value.
(e) Determine each flange width and web depth las applicable) of existing
member.
(f) Multiply each value obtained in instruction (d) by each corresponding value in
instruction (e).
(g) Results of instruction (f) give minimum quantity of fasteners required in each
(3) Remove existing fasteners and pick up original holes for repair fasteners which
must be same type and size as existing.
(0) For partial repair, substitute A for web depth in Instruction (20).
(b) For partial repair, make repair element in accordance with Instruction (Ic).
1-87
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Channel~ Channel
Channel
Angle
Angle
Charm el
ZeeAngl e
Angle
1~
Bulbed
Hat
Angle
Hat Bulbed
Hat Angle
V-section’
Tee
1-88
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
mo~ne
A
.*Outside Flange Free edge
Free
edge
Web
Free edge
Flange
I)FSeeedge
Outside mold Flange
line R
C~j"B A
A Flange width is distance between free edge and outside mold line.
1-89
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Remaining portions
Quantity of fasteners ,f existing member
in this flange is deter- I
mined by Inst. (f). Trimmed
Same quantity required damage
in same flange oppo-
site trimmed damage.
O 5,
O O
Continuous line of fasteners
at uniform spacing required
Repair
0/ full length to join repair
0, element.
0,- entity of fasteners in web is determined by Inst. (f)
Same quantity required in web opposite trimmed
damage.
Quantity of fasteners in this flange is determined
by Inst. (f). Same quantity required in same flange
opposite trimmed damage.
PARTIAL REPAIR
Quantity of fasteners O‘
in thisflange is deter-
mined by Inst. (f).
Same quantity required
In same flange opposite
o"
trimmed damage.
O
OX
eb
Ec;CC~
O
Continuous line of fasteners
i´• C) /o at uniform spacing required
Repair
element
~i3Existing member
full length of repair element.
damage
1-90
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Fastener requirements for clad 2024-T4, extruded 2024-T4 and extruded 2024-T42
aluminum
0.020 1--1--1--1--1--1--14.5
0.025 5.0 3.3 1--1--1--1--14.5 3.7
0.040 7.8 4.4 2.9 2.9 2.2 1--15.3 4.0 3.1 2.2 1.7
0.050 10.0 5.6 3.6 3.1 2.3 1.7 5.6 4.3 3.3 2.2 1.7
0.063 12.6 7.0 4.5 3.1 2.3 1.6 7.0 4.5 3.6 2.2 1.7
0.071 1--17.9 5.1 3.5 2.6 1.6 1’7.9 5.1 3.7 2.2 1.7
0.020 6.4
0.025 6.8
0.050 10.5 6.4 4.5 3.8 2.8 1--19.2 8.4 1--12.4 2.0
0.063 12.6 7.5 5.2 4.1 3.0 2.1 8.3 7.4 6.8 2.2 1.9
0.071 1--18.2 5.6 4.3 3.2 2.1 8.5 7.0 6.3 2.2 1.8
0.080 1--1--16.1 4.6 3.4 2.2 8.9 6.7 6.0 2.2 1.7
0.090 1--1--16.7 5.0 3.7 2.3 10.0 6.9 5.6 2.2 1.7
NOTE’1: It is permissible to substitute PP200 and PP260 JO-bolts for NAS221 and
Fastener requirements for clad 2024-T3 and clad 2024-T42 Al. alloy
Quantity of fastener required each inch of flange width or web depth
Flange or
Web MS20470 rivet MS20600 rivet NAS screw’
Thickness
AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 DD6 DD8 AD4 AD5 AD6 221 222
0.020 1--1--1--1--1--1--14.8
0.040 8.2 4.6 3.1 3.1 2.3 1--15.6 4.2 3.3 2.1
0.050 10.5 5.9 3.8 3.2 2.4 2.3 5.9 4.5 3.5 2.1 1.6
0.063 13.9 7.7 5.0 3.5 2.5 1.8 7.7 5.0 3.9 2.2 1.7
0.071 1--18.7 5.7 3.9 2.9 1.8 8.7 5.7 4.1 2.2 1.7
0.080 1--1 10.1 6.5 4.4 3.3 1.9 1--1--14.5 2.2 1.7
0.020 6.8
0.025 7.2
0.050 11.1 6.7 4.7 4.0 3.0 1--19.7 8.9 1--12.5 2.1
0.063 14.1 8.3 5.7 4.5 3.4 2.3 9.2 8.2 7.6 2.5 2.1
0.071 1--19.1 6.2 4.8 3.6 2.3 9.4 7.7 1 7.0 2.4 2.0
0.080 1--1--17.0 5.2 3.9 2.5 10.1 7.6 6.8 2.5 2.0
0.090 1--1--17.4 5.5 4.1 2.6 11.1 7.6 6.2 2.5 1.9
NOTE’1: It is permissible to substitute PP200 and PP260 JO-bolts for NAS221 and
NAS222 screws, respectively and on equal basis, for shear transfer
applications. Do not use JO-bolts in areas where they would be subjected
1-92
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
0.020 1--1--1--1--1--1--15.6
0,040 9.6 5.4 3.6 3.7 2.8 1--16.5 4.9 3.8 2.1 1.5
0.050 12.3 6.9 4.5 3.9 2.9 2.1 6.9 5.2 4.1 2.1 1.6
0.063 15.9 8.9 5.7 4.0 2.9 2.1 8.9 5.7 4.5 2.1 1.6
0.071 1--1 10.0 6.5 4.4 3.2 2.1 10.0 6.5 4.7 2.1 1.6
0.080 1--1 11.2 7.3 5.1 3.7 2.1 1--1--15.0 2.1 1.6
0.020 7.9
0.025 8.3
0.050 13.0 7.8 5.5 4.8 3.5 i-I 11.3 10.3 1--12.4 2.0
0.063 15.9 9.5 6.6 5.4 3.9 2.6 10.5 9.3 8.6 2.5 1 1.9
0.071 i-i 10.4 7.1 5.6 4.1 1 2.7 10.8 8.8 8.0 2.6 1.9
0.080 1--1--17.8 6.0 4.4 2.8 11.2 8.5 7.5 2.6 1.9
0.090 1--1--18.5 6.5 4.7 2.9 12.6 8.7 7.1 2.7 1.9
NOTE’1: It is permissible to substitute PP200 and PP260 JO-bolts for NAS221 and
NAS222 screws, respectively and on equal basis, for shear transfer
1-93
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
0.040 10.7 6.0 4.0 4.0 3.0 1--17.3 5.5 4.3 2.4
0.050 13.7 7.6 5.0 4.2 3.1 2.3 7.7 5.8 4,6 2.4 1.8
0.063 17.2 9.6 6.2 4.3 3.1 2.2 9.6 6.2 4.9 2.4 1.8
0.071 1--1 10.8 7.0 4.7 3.5 2.2 10.8 7.0 5.1 2.4 1.8
0.080 1--1 12.2 7.9 5.4 4.0 2.2 1--1 1 5.5 2.4 1.8
0.020 8.8
0.025 9.3
0.050 14.5 8.7 6.2 5.2 3.9 1--1 12.6 11.5 1--12.7 2.3
0.063 17.3 10.3 7.1 5.6 4.2 2.9 11.4 10.1 9.4 2.7 2.1
0.071 1--1 11.3 7.7 5.9 4.4 2.9 11.7 9.5 8.7 2.8 2.1
0.080 i-i 1 8.4 6.3 4.7 3.0 12.2 9.2 8.2 2.8 2.1
0.090 i-I 1 9.2 6.9 5.1 3.2 13.7 9.4 7.7 3.0 2.1
0.100 i-i 1--17.4 5.5 3.4 i-i 10.0 7.7 3.1 2.2
0.125 i-I 1--18.6 6.4 3.9 1--1 12.3 8.5 3.9 2.3
NOTE’I: It is permissible to substitute PP200 and PP260 JO-bolts for NAS221 and
0.020 5.8
0.020 5.9
NOTE’1: It is permissible to substitute PP200 and PP260 JO-bolts for NAS221 and
1-95
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
T: Material Thickness
1-96
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
11.1 GENERAL
Type, gage and specification of aluminum alloy sheet, steel sheet, aluminum alloy
extrusion and synthetic rubber used in airframe repair are as follows:
TABLE 14
0.016 O O
0.020 O O O O O O
0.025 O O O O O O O O
0.032 O O O O O O O O O
0.040 O O O O O O O O O
0.050 O O O O O O O O O
0.063 O O O O O O
0.071 O O O O O O
0.080 O O O O O O
0.090 O O O O O O
0.100 O O O O O O
0.125 O O O O O O
0.190 O O
11.4 EXTRUSION
TABLE 15
TABLE 16
1-98
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
12. RIVET
12.1 GENERAL
Rivets used in repairs shall be standard parts which meet the requirements of
applicable specification.
The rivet shall have enough length to protrude one and half times rivet diameter
head MS20470AD, and their sizes AD3 (3/32 in.), AD4 (1/4 in.) ,AD5 (5/32 in.),
and DD8 (1/4 in.), are used. These rivets are anodized or chemically surface
treated.
Thereare two types of rivet, 100-dgree flush head MS20426DD and round head
MS20470DD, and their sires of DD4 (1/8 in.), DD5 (5/32 in.), DD6 (3/16 in.),
and DD8 (1/4 in.), are used. These rivets are anodized and used while they
are still in soft condition immediately after heat treatment, so can be kept in cold
(iii)5G56-H32 Rivet
These are two types of rivet, 100-degree flush head MS20426B and round head
MS204708, and their sizes of 84 (1/4 in.), 85 (5/32 in.), 86 (3/16 in.), and 88
(1/4 in.), are used. These rivets are stabilized after work hardening and
anodized or chemically surface treated to prevent corrosion.
1-99
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
There are two types of rivet, 100-degree flush head MS2O427-( )C and round
head MS20613-( )P, and their sizes of -4C (1/8 in.), -5C (5/32 in.), and -6C
(3/16 in.), for MS2O427, and -4P (1/8 in.), -5P (5/32 in.), and -6P (3/16 in.), for
MS2O613 are used. These rivets are cadmium plated after annealing.
There are two types of rivet, 100-degree flush head MS2O427M and round head
MS2O615-( )M, and their sizes of M4 (1/8 in.), M5 (5/32 in.), and M6 (3/16 in.),
for 20427 and -4M (1/8 in.), -5M (5/32 in.), and -6M (3/16 in.), for MS20615 are
(i) 2117
There are two types of rivet, 100-degree flush head MS20601AD-W and round
head MS2O6OOAD-W. The sizes of 1/8 in., 5/32 in. and 3/16 in. are used.
These rivets are anodized or chemically surface treated.
There are two types of rivets, 100-degree flush head, CKL-1GOV and round
head CKL-P. The sizes of 1/8 in., 5/32 in, and 3/16 in. are used. Material for
(iii)Hi-shear rivet
There are two types of rivet, 100-degree flush head HS47 and flat head HS48.
The sizes of 3/16 in., 5/16 in. and 3/8 in. are used. Material for collar is 2024
aluminum alloy and for pin cadmium plated alloy steel of 160,000--180,000 psi.
TABLE 17
tin.)
Rivet Dia. 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16
1-100
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2. AD and DD rivets are used for aluminum alloy sheet, and monel rivet is
used for corrosion resistance steel sheet.
3. The standard edge distance of rivet hole is two times rivet diameter.
Edge distance of rivet hole (distance from rivet center to edge of the sheet) is
generally two times rivet diameter. Strict definition to the net edge distances is
shown in Fig 32. Remember the definition, whenever the edge distance is marginal.
a. Plainhole
b. Countersunk hole
c. Dimpled hole
1-101
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
1-102
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TABLE 18 Minimum net edge distance for AD and DD rivets in 2024-T3 clad
aluminum sheet at room temperature. (Single Shear)
tin.)
Material Rivet
Thickness AD3 AD4 AD5 DD6
0.020 0.130
0.100 0.125
0.125 0.096
0.160 0.096
TABLE 19 Minimum net edge distance for AD and DD rivets in 7075-T6 clad
0.020 0.109
0.090 0.112
0.100 0.096
0.125 0.096
1-103
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
0.138 0.120
0.160 0.097
0.177 0.096
0.197 0.096
Material Rivet
Thickness AD3 AD4 AD5 DD6
0.100 0.116
0.118 0.096
0.125 0.096
1-104
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TABLE 22 Minimum net edge distance for monel rivet in annealed corrosion
resistance steel at room temperature. (Single Shear)
tin.)
Material Rivet
Thickness M3 M4 M5
0.020 0.134
TABLE 23 Minimum net edge distance for monel rivet in 1/2 hard corrosion
resistant steel at room temperature. (Single Shear)
tin.)
Material Rivet
Thickness M3 M4 M5
0.020 0.095
1-105
MU-2 STRUCT! :-AL REPAIR MANUAL
Since the Black Stain does not always indicate a loose rivet, the following method is
advised to determine if the rivet is loose.
Install all repair or replacement rivets with the proper grip lengths and hole sizes.
(b) Apply zinc chromate primer to the countersunk surface of the skin.
NOTE
Make the rivet head flush with the skin surface as follow.
1-106
SECTION
VVING GROUP
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION II
WING GROUP
2-i
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION I)
WING GROUP
CONTENTS
Page
1. GENERAL ´•´•´•´•´•2-1
Rev. No.l
2-ii 27 Dec. 1999
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Pig 40 Flap-outboard
Pig 41 Flap-inboard 2-136
Fig 64 Patch repair for cracked skin on stringer stiffener and rib 2-183
Fig 67 Patch repair for cracked skin around hois´•ting hole 2-186
Fig 68 Patch repair for cracked skin around earth jack fitting 2-187
Rev. No.l
27 Dec. 1999 2-v
CUIU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The wing is an all-metal (aluminum alloy) cantilever structure, and is attached to the upper
fuselage through a 7075-T6 extrusion frame with four bolts at F.STA 3905 and F.STA
4660 (MU-2B-10, -15, -20, -25, -26, -26A, and -40), F.STA 4850 and F.STA 5605 (MU-
28-30, -35, -36, -36A, and -60). The wing major components are: wing box section, flap,
spoiler, and aileron trim tab. The engines are installed on the leading edges of both
wings at W.STA 2250, and the detachable tip tanks are installed at the wing tips. The
wing (except B model) is divided into outboard section and inboard section at W.STA 2590
(MU-2B-IO, -15, -20, -25, -26, -26A, -30, -35, -36, and -36A) or at W.STA 2550 (MU-28-40,
-60). These two sections are joined together with four bolts and four shear pins.
Inboard section is a stressed skin construction utilizing two spars and longerons which
runs spanwise inside the upper and lower skins. Wagner spars are
The front and rear
14 in. interval. Wing section inboard of engine nacelle (W.STA 1950) forms an integral
tank (except 8 model). Wing section outboard of engine nacelle (W.STA 2550) forms an
integral tank (MU-2B-40, -60 only). The leading edge is hinged to wing section by a
piano hinge and is detachable for ease of access. Outboard section is a stressed skin
construction utilizing two Wagner spars extended from those of inboard section. Ribs
are placed every 8 in.--12 in. interval and stiffeners are placed inside the upper and lower
skins to provide additional stiffness. The flap is double slot type and is installed along
most of the wing trailing edge. Each of the LH and RH flaps is divided into inner and
outer sections. Each main flap is a stressed skin construction, and the front inner flap is
of stressed skin construction and the outer flap is a metal spar construction with a foamed
plastic core and an FRP outer skin. Both of them are attached to the main flap. The
metal aileron trim tab is attached to the trailing edge sections of the outer flap. The
spoiler is made of an aluminum extruded material, consisting of two sections (2 each for
LH and RH) which are located behind the rear spar. It spans between 31.5% and 96% of
the half wing and is attached to the rear wing spar.
2-1
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i -60
W. STA 1753
II~ANT.
W. STA 3443
4CANT.
CANT. W. STA 3450
i FLAP STA
FLAP STA
3250
4097
j,
3
STA 580
7~C FLAP CANT.
STA 4824
NG STA 5450
io
1. Wing assembly
2. Flap assembly-inboard
3. Flap assembly-outboard
4. Spoiler assembly-inboard
5. Spoiler assembly-outboard
6. Trim aileron assembly-inboard
7. Trim aileron assembly-outboard
8. Tip fillet assembly
9. Tip tank
10. Wing-fuselage fillet assembly
2-2
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W. STA 5450
11
2-3
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2. OUTLINE OF STRUCTURE
at 22% and 60% of the wing chord respectively. A portion of the rear spar is of truss
construction and detachable so that removal and installation of wing fuel cells can be
facilitated. Ribs are spaced approximately every 7.9 in, apart and an upper surface
(1) Outer skin, stiffener and access door (See Fig 3 thru 5)
Upper and lower skins are divided into three sections, inboard from W.STA 580,
W.STA 580--W.STA 1950 and W.STA 1950--W.STA 2590 (MUQB-10, -15, -20, -25,
-26, -26A, -30, -35, -36, and -36A) W.STA 1950--W.STA 2550(MU-2B-40, -60).
Each skin is joined together with fish plate through ribs. Upper skin is 7075-T6 clad
sheet of 0.080 in. thickness and lower skin is 2024-T3 clad sheet of 0.080 in.
thickness and is reduced its thickness by chemical milling to 0.06" except the
surfaces attached to stringers or ribs and around the access doors. Skin between
W.STA 1950 and W.STA 2590 is processed with chemical milling to the thickness of
0.044 in. or 0.064 in. The leading edge skin is located between W.STA 580 and
W.STA 1950 and is 2024-T3 clad sheet of 0.032" thickness and the de-icer boots are
installed on the front edge. The trailing edge skin is located between W.STA 475
and CANT. W.STA 2260. The upper skin is 2024-T3 clad sheet of 0.020 in.
thickness and some part of this skin is attached inside with 2024-T3 clad sheet of
0.020 in. thickness. The lower skin is 2024-T3 clad of 0.020 in. thickness, stiffened
with a corrugated sheet, 2024-T42 of 0.020 in. thickness and attached to a flange
upper rear spar together with four hinges and joined with screws and plate nuts to
ribs, so it is detachable. Stiffeners are mostly installed to stiffen skin around the
access doors. The access doors are located at upper and lower surfaces between
spars and lower surface of leading edge. The covers are attached with screws and
Stringers of 7075-T6 extrusion are attached to the upper skin between the spars, and
stringers of 2024-T4 extrusion and stiffeners of 2024-T3 clad sheet thickness 0.050
in. are attached to the lower skin. They bear spanwise load. A stringer of 2024-
T42 thickness 0.025 in. and a stiffener of 2024-T3 thickness 0.025 in. are attached to
the upper skin of trailing edge to stiffen the skin. At the tip of the trailing edge, an
2-4
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
A corrugated sheet is attached to the lower skin of the trailing edge, so neither
stringer nor stiffener is attached. Stringers of 2024-T3 thickness 0.032 in, are
Ribs mostly full-web-type and attached with rivets to skin, stringers, front and rear
are
spars directly or through bracket and clip, but joins to the lower skin of the trailing
edge is made by screws and nut plates, so the skin is detachable. Rib between the
spars at W.STA 1950 forms a bulkhead for integral tank. Outlines of structure are
shown in Fig 10 thru 14.
The front of the wing between W.STA 1950 and 2590 (MU-2B-10, -15, -20, -25, -26,
-26A, -30, -35, -36, and -36A), or W.STA 2550 (MU-2B-40, -60) is stiffened with ribs,
angles and stiffeners and attached with two engine mounting fittings in order to install
engine. The lower skin and the forward structure of the front spar in this bay are
attached through frame with the fire walls composed of covers, frames and stiffeners
of corrosion resistant steel. The cover in high temperature zone is double-wall
construction and heat-insulator is contained inside. Tadpole tee is installed along
the side and serves as fire seal when the nacelle door is closed.
(1) Outer skin, stiffener and access door (See Fig 6 and 7)
Upper and lower skins between the spars are divided at W.STA 4150 and joined
together with attaching sheet
through ribs. The skins are 2024-T3 clad of 0.032 in.
thickness. The leading edge skins are located between W.STA 2950-W.STA 5320
(MU-2B-10, -15, -20, -25, -26, -26A, -30, -35, -36, and -36A), W.STA 2550--
W.STA5320 (MU-2B-40, -60), and joined together with joint plates at W.STA 3950
and W.STA 4950. They are 2024-T3 clad of 0.032 in. thickness. The trailing edge
upper and lower skins are 2024-T3 clad of 0.020 in. thickness, and 2024-T3 clad
sheet of 0.025 in. thickness is attached through ribs inside the upper skin and 2024-
T42 clad sheet of 0.032 in. thickness inside the lower skin. Stiffeners are used to
stiffen skin around access doors. The access covers are located on the upper and
lower surfaces between the spars and on the lower surfaces of the leading edge and
trailing edge. The covers are of same material as skin though FRP is used in part of
lower surface of trailing edge.
2-5
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
All stringers and stiffeners used in the outer wing are formed sections of 2024-T3
clad or 2024-T42 clad not more than 0.032 in. thick and are attached with rivets to
skins and ribs directly or through angles or clips they and bear spanwise load. At
the rear end of the upper skin cutout for the spoiler, edging of 6061-T6 extrusion is
attached. 6061-T6 extrusion and 2024-T4 extrusion are attached to the upper and
The ribs are attached with rivets to skins, stringers, front and rear spars directly or
through brackets or clips. The outline of structure is shown in Fig 18 thru 20.
The front and rear spars are I shaped section; upper flanges 7075-T6 extrusions,
lower flanges 2024-T4 extrusions and webs 2024-T3 clad 0.08 in. or 0.05 in. thick.
The webs are stiffened with stiffeners of 2024-T3 clad formed section.
Wing-
fuselage connecting fittings are at W.STA 520, inner/outer wing connecting fitting at
W.STA 2590 and tip tank connecting fittings W.STA 5450. The front spar and rear
spar are securely connected with upper and lower skins and ribs between the spars.
The forwards of upper and lower flanges of front spar at inner wing, serves as hinges
and the leading edge is attached to these hinges.
The flap is double-slotted type comprising of forward flap and main flap, which are
further divided into two flaps, inboard and outboard. The forward flap inboard segment
is stressed skin construction comprising of corrosion resistant steel skin and corrosion
resistant steel rib or aluminum alloy rib. The forward flap outboard segment consists
of aluminum alloy spar, ribs and FRP skins filled with foamed-plastics core material is
filled inside. It is attached with brackets to the main flap. The main flap is aluminum
alloy stressed skin construction comprising of inboard and outboard sections, front
and rear spars, ribs, trailing edge and skins. In a part of trailing edge of the main flap
outboard segment there is a trim aileron and the trim aileron attaching hinge is
installed at the rear spar. Doors are provided on the lower skin between the spars.
2-6
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The flap guide rails provided at CANT. W.STA 576, 2370, 3800 and 4835 of wing
are
trailing edge. The guide rails at CANT. W.STA 576 and 4835 are forgings of 7075-T6
and attached to ribs of trailing edge. The guide rail of CANT. W.STA 2370 is a
forging of 7075-T6 and attached to ribs of W.STA 2350 between the spars. The
guide rail of CANT. W.STA 3800 is made of 7075-T6 sheet and attached to the rib of
the trailing edge.
The spoiler is an aluminum alloy extrusion and located at the back of rear spar, on the
upper surface of the wing. The spoiler is divided into inboard and outboard sections
and both sections are attached respectively to wing rear spar with three hinges each.
The trim aileron is located at trailing edge of outboard flap and is divided into inboard
and outboard sections. The trim aileron consists of skin, spar, rib and trailing edging
and is attached to flap with hinges installed at lower flange of spar. The bracket on
which control rod is installed, is attached to lower flange of spar and rib through skin.
The bracket is covered with a FRP cover.
The wing-fuselage fillets of the high wing are located at the front, rear and lower sides
of the wing and they are made of aluminum alloy except some members. The
forward fillet
assembly consists of skin attached with corrugated inner plate and frame.
A door assembly of forward wing fillet is between the forward fillet assembly and upper
surface of wing leading edge. The skin of the door assembly is stiffened with
corrugated inner plate. The side fillet is composed of three door assemblies. The
forward door assemblies of side fillet at F.STA 3360--3690 is weldedplate
construction. At the rear of this assemblies an access door assembly of
wing lower
center fillet is located at F.STA 3690--4660 and composed of door and attaching
frame. Joint to wing is sealed with rubber seal. At LH side, fillet assemblies are
installed at F.STA 2910--3905 and F.STA 4660--4930 between the access door
assembly through a rail of entrance door. The former fillet assembly is composed of
outer skin and inner plate of FRP and foamed plastic is filled up inside. A door
2-7
AllU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR IIIIANUAL
The rear fillet assembly consists of skin, frame, stiffener to stiffen outer skin, door
attaching frame and angle. The outer skin of door assembly (wing-fuselage fillet) at
The tip tank fillet consists of forward and rear fillets, and is made of aluminum alloy.
Both forward and rear fillets are composed of skins and ribs and are attached to wing
tip rib. The upper and lower sides of the tip tank going to contact with the wing tip
structure are cushioned with rubber seal. The forward fillet is removable as a door.
An access door is on the upper surface of rear fillet.
The tip tank is made from aluminum alloy and fuel capacity is 65 or 90 U.S. gallons.
The tank can be divided into three sections: forward, middle and rear sections. Each
dividing point is joined with bolts. The tank consists of outer skin, frame and
bulkhead, and installed in wing tip with two brackets. At the rear of tank a fin is
installed.
2-8
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W.S.
950
w.s~ fw.s~ fw.s~ /w.s~ /w.s~ /W.S~ /W.S~ /W.S:
0 580 j \1350/ 1950/ \2350/ \3950/ \4950/ 54
4 18 8 10 12 13 15 19
111 1
1 2 3 5 6 7 20 9 21 22 23 11 2-1´• 25 14 16 26 27 17
FWD
2-9/2-10
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-11
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FWD
w.s~ /W.S:
950 195
W.S~ W.S: W.S: W.S.\ /W.S:W.SW.S
0 580 1 2 39
1 18 19 20 21 9 8 22 10 11 23 12 13 24 17
25 2 5 4 3 6 26 7 27 28 29 11 10 30 14 15 16 31
2-12
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
B:r9E -Tt_i;8ti:
i
NOTE: A, S/N4THRU 17
B, S/N 18 AND UP
2-13
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
O 11’
37
23A I ~C, 26 34 35 36 38
39
L,
W.S.W.S.
13
Detail B
B
Is
I
27A--Jr
27
14 22 23 24 25
15 r~;
Upper surface
0MJ
32 1
W.S.
QW.S w.s~
580
/W.S~
920
/W.S~
125
/W.S~
1
/W.S.
1
1 I G 10 1 ~t-
8 FWD
32 4 5 9 11 12
20
17
ioi
33 -c;
~01 I;e 21 is
~J r
29 30 31 1
128
L____~--J
Lower surface
44
40
U 43
41 42
45
2-14
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-15
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-16
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
31 30 32 27 1 55 5 541 22 10 G 56 4 11 12
----r--~
I) (I)
ii
I 1 I
I
’II i’F,
I I
I I
1 I
41 18 42 23 24 19 25 43 44
FWD
Upper surface
2-17/2-18
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FWD
:18 A
~--J
i; tl
’0:
35 38 33 8 13 28 14 15 36 1G 37 33 29 17 40 39 9 20 20
Lower surface
2-19
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR klANUAL
2-20
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-21
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Upper surface
19 18 20 1 21 7 11,12 13,14 22 7 16 15 17
r---,
0´•3 I(")r:
8,9
24
25 26 3 66 4,5,6 27 28
FWD
54 64 1 28
61
FWD
25 58 59 60 55 26 27 62 35 63 39 41 1 42
56
,lr
30
‘II I I 1
31
L-z
\\L
43
1 48 1 49 50 52 53 \37 38 40 36
47 44 45
29 32 51 34 27
Lower surface
Detail A
(R.H only)
Fig 7 Skins, stiffeners and access doors-outer wing
2-22
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-23
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-iii:i:´•2ss:i_l -40
2-24
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W. STA 5450
r
W.STA 5250
r,
a,
eO
W. STA 5015
W. STA 4950
1
o~l oo
cll W. STA 4790
c~
a,
W. STA 4550
w. STA 4350
f: w. STA 3950
m
rl rl W.STA3750
e-
N
~IIU W. STA 3550
(O
r( W.STA3350
r(
m 7tl II !11 II_II-I1_ co
i W. STA 3150
W. STA 2950
a
~Nitt-JJ /_ __
i W.STA 2150
rl
W.STA 2018
cr,
ED
I~
W. STA 1550
Lu
Eo
W. STA 1350
o
hi
W STA L150
r-
W.STA 950
c~J
I II II I W.STA 745
CO
W. STA 580
m- I---´•´•lr---‘-=R::3~ c~
c~il
ic
i
Fig 8 Stringer and stiffener-upper surtace
2-25/2-26
fU
f~
rU
1; 33
o, 5 23
s
10
32
722 6228 9
11124 25 26
14 28
31 27 41
30
2 3 21
38
i; II O
38 1_ L
C
71 n~
Co~ II’ h,
u,
40
i
(0
I i; I,
,O
c
-1
IIIIIIlili
a
U
i
5 C
P,
II II n n n n
17 i6(1 16 r; 17 n
18
ii
13
1
15~ 19 0120 n n
~L r
u u r
4
a, m
18 ’F1
1’6 13 5
36 i3 15 18
o 61
_i´•iiii
o
m a g
u, r~ rn U1 C~ V1 C~ V1 M
I~
tj cj cj c3 Z
0
t3 t3 c3 c3 c3 ~3 c~ c3
1 c3 cj 9 9 :i::: c
b
t\3 W G3 cs IP ~P rP U1 cn ul
h, tO E3 E3 t\3 f3 W ~P r
a W Cn Crt to W U1 i] h3 IP
C3 c3 O C"
U1 tn U1 Cn Cn ul ul vl ul c~ vl
~P UI Cn U1 U1 Cn U1 U1 ul cn
Or, O O r U, 03 o U1
O O o o o
U1 0 O
00 C~ 0 0 PV 0 0 0 0 0 0 o, o
O
0
FWD i:
~C
0:10
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-27
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, SIN4THRU 17
B, S/N 18 AND UP
2-28
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
´•-:atji:::S:l´• ’"O: i
W. STA 5450
hi
W.STA 5250 hi
W. STA 5015 a ~1 71
W. STA 4950
W.STA 4790 m r(
t-
W. STA 4550 re
W. STA 4350 r( r( r(
W. STA 4150
W.STA 3950 c~ r(
--~-IIn
W.STA 3750
Lnm m
W. STA 3550 rI
w. STA 3350
co
W. STA 3150 r(
Lo
Z W. STA 2950
c~ c~
ri
r(
W. STA 2350
a,
W. STA 1950
C-
W. STA 1750
W.STA 1350
W. STA 1150
W.STA
W.STA
950
745
coI
"1
W.STA 580 ~3
r(
2-29/2-30
R3
tj
N
0;
o
FWD
r
2! II a e 8 c
co
(r,r~
cn Z~ LI, ~3
0]
c3
~P b ’9 ~p ~p b
IP
~ie t~
u,
-I
cn
T-´• r r" r-´•
t\3 t\3 EI~ 03 W O 03 ~P
C3 C W U1 -J CD -3
~P w
01
cn en a
00 0" W UI -1 C3 W en C~, UI
Ln U1 07 Ln O, UI 01 U1
~P C
UI UI cn 0\ cn U1 Ur Cn U1 N
Q cn O o tn
O o O O O o O o o o o o o cn ~n
CI
O o o
0 cP OO m
en
27 28 0
29 i16 i 15 1 a
a i30 13 5 32 15
331 I 1/2~1 131 t I I i I t i~cl r
8
0 a
m
a
U
to
7
o ii 1 n [j 16~ lj Isij
21 a
3,
a
n n 14 r! n
0 17 w-
1
0
1*
7. a
C
P:
n, lis 2,
r
U n 15 n 15
11
n 6078 1 11 \i
H I \i U U
z
25 23
9
g 111~
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-31
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
29 27 21 22 25
20 23
19 17 18 24
16
47
iOfli
48
112811111111 ~tt\
0 2~6 15 39
12fli I j~12
r 1$! ~O Il
13 i; -15 13
i-~i
]134i; 35 ]1 36 11 3~ 1; 316 ~1 3~6
0MJ
It ::I r:;l
:i Uij
44
46 Upper surface
39 41 45
41
46
FWD 38
41
Oli 4~2ri 43i
..iili..
7
13 13 12 Ii12
-i~iliC-
52 53_~
to
i i;
12"1 11 13 \nl3
j12 51
7
3
(30 a 3031
31
31
29
i:: 32
33 w.s.
1600/ /CANT
W.S.
W.S. I 11950
W.S. 320
W.S. 920
576
Lower surface
2-32
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-33
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-34
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
F~ 24 25
5 2B
30 6A 24
3B
26 6B SA
27
5 1B
6 8 g 24
Ip 28 32
25A
1V/
1A I’L--rC--CU-CC-YI~J I It I ml´•´•tmT- I~Tttt- 29
2A 7A
3A 24 22 ii t---~t-24
4A
FWD
24 24 39 11
-IC 38 7 40
44 37 38 38
39 40 40 40 41 42
8B
W.S;
2910
W.S;
3150
W.S. W.S~
3950
/W.S~
4350
I/W.S;
4750
5150~d li~j"o:
3550
~t I I I 1 43 37 17 40 43
FWD 17A
37 38 40 38 39 24 37 38 39 41 42
20
45
24
13A i; 20
21
23--t~-cl) (I ii t ;L
20Bji
12A 24 47
1GAA T~ IlilT--l ;1 :1
46
12
36
Is ic~ \18A
33
16 2A 19A
13 24 35 28
19
15 31
14 w.s.
c
32 w.s. 695
34 c W.S. 250
C W.S. C
W.S. W.S.
10/ \4835
Lower surface
2-35/2-36
NIU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-37
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-38
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-39
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Upper surface
i 8 !1 4 1 9 3 /5 12 I Ip Lilt 16 7 12 13
rl ~I n r:
FWD
ii
14 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
14 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45,46 47 48 49
FWD
Itli~i
U lj
30 31 23 32 34
34 25 33 35 27 35 28 35 29 38
24 Lower surface 26
2-40
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-41
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i:i´•Z1M: i 1 -40
i :-if -60
2-42
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3 2
00DO 00(]0
"O O
a~ ~3
2-43
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
20
"´•VOi’
2 5 q 6 1
2-44
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i i ilBi i i i i i i i i di il~liDi :i: iiiiiiiiili_i -if biiiiiii iiiiiiifi;egiiiiiil 20 1 -25 -26 1 -26A -40
go ul ~oO
2 5 4 6 1
2-45
MU-2 STRUCTURAL RE: ´•"R MANUAL
W.STA 5450
c~
o C~-
f- W. STA 5250
CI
W.STA 5015
r-
W. STA 4950
cD
hi
ij
cr, W. STA 4790
0 W.STA 4550
o i! i! m~
hi :i; ~lij 5 cr,
~D w. STA 4350
hi
r(
I ij 1 w. STA 4150
co
/j
03
W.STA 3950
W.STA 3950
r- o
TI W´•STA 3750
111 )r I I ijl ED
Il iii_lLII II II
W.STA 3550
c- ij ij i~ u
m
m
U~ W.STA 3350
9´•(
u! Ln W.STA 3150
m
m
W. STA 2950 a
C;1
I i!!) L] L1 U b II
InI)
dl LL
r(
Ln
W. STA 2750
:::i i
rl In Fr
in
~n W. STA 2550
c~ a,
d(c3
111-~-
II
;j W. STA 2350
W.STA 2150
ii w. STA 2018
-iii i Ii I, ii
’rov
0 a~
In
W,STA1550
0
in
W. STA 1350
W.STA 1150
il~l
a,
CO W.STA 950
ij"
c-
d~ W.STA 745
~1"7 u
W.STA 580
N
W.STA 370
hi I Ln CD
_
I-~ _
Cen~er Line
Center LLne
2-46
N
28
27 40
31 38 39
36 31 42
39 35 43
26 19 20
13 14 15 16 17 18
32 34 )11 12 41
44
24
25 1~-- rc
sG
h,o
4 ss
ii
7 10 9 u,
67
a
2 c
I!
eel m
B18
52 c
0
49 50 51 a
47 48
n r
p´•
4
u, a
C 171172 m
o
46 54 56 57 58 59 60 6 6216 a
-0
a,
6 66
5 55 64
a
3)
C
r
r Ir ~1
r.
0
n 4
(D a
’D
re
m m cn v, c~
v,
t3 t3
rn
t3
t3vlr~ :s
c
(p t3 a a a ~n
a ´•s s ´•s
a~ a 3) pa r
E3 t3 33
CJ C3 W IP IP IP ~P Ip Ut Ut Ut
0 E3 N
r il W
r tO
W Ut -3 C3
W
r W
Ut ii rw Ut ii ~o E3 (F~
W 01 U) Ut 01 Ut 01 (3 r-’U1
cn UI Ut Ut UI c~
3 U-, Cn
(D 0 Cn 0 0 0 0 go 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0000000
0 I::::::::::
See Fig 24
FWD i~ g
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR IVIANUAL
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such
time as page is revised per the change below.
2-47
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-48
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
c-
co
In
EO /ED
co
W.STA 5450
W.STA 5250 c9
co
W. STA 5015 cu
W. STA 4950
Dj\"
W.STA 4790 G:
o
03
0 Ln
t-
r(
W.STA 3950 u,b ii m
C~3
CD (D
W.STA 3750 in rl
1! i! i------t--u,
W. STA 3550 co
W. STA 3350 m
it ii I r(
a
Z m
I r,
ri
LL W.STA 3150 in
II ii c~
W. STA 2950 C~
liii ii ii N
In VU--~´•--r,
r(
rl
W.STA 2750L"
~oo t-
W.STA 2550~n ii ii ii ii _i ~g
a, d--------~
W.STA 2350 -u u
W. STA 2150
n n
W. STA 1950
om
w. STA 1750 mU
ED
W. STA 1550
CI~
w. STA 950 d( j/
‘7 In
hi
W.STA 745 m
N
W.STA 580
c~
o cll
r(
2-49/2-50
IU
b
c~n
0
FWD
a Ia I~ a a
ca C/3 ca V1 V1 yl rn cn r~ c~ co cn cn Ir~ r~ c~ c~ c~
c~ c~ vl
t3 c
b 9 9
r ~P
0
0 r W
C1
cn -;1 CD f~ N t3 PJ
‘J
t\3 W W 0
~3
W
~o w
~p ~P ~P C" Cn
fj= U)
71 03
0 01 en
cn U, 0
0
0
Cn
0
0
0 0
Cs
0
0
en ul 0
r
0 cn
0
or
ii 0
in
Oc N
vl
~3’ 0 0 cn
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 cn
0000000000 0 00 0 0 a
48 50 51 59 601 1 r’ I I C
42 4 5 61 7
I I 1
O
2 m
I´•b;
53 54 55 56 57 58
a 19 st
21 c
40 a
0 r
2 63 a
a
u, II II II II II II II ii i II 11 11111 11 II II II II II II 11 111 111 11 RLI 1 I I
a
1 3 4 5--116 --11 7-11 ~UE::JI I~- lr s
a 2 a
n,
65
r
P
35 n´•:;-n a
C
~67
tail \UI r
n
22 11
39 64
12 14 15 16 17 18 66
10 11 3 13 32 33 34 37
30 9 i:l:
24’ \rp 25
See Fig 27
2
lag
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR IIIIANUAL
2-51
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-52
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W.S.
W.S.195Q W.S
W.S.
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8 576910 12W.S. 950
14
w.s.
600
W.S.
190
13 15 1 16
0 7
17
Si
r
ii
2022-cll
!1 1:.
21 23
:I+h ´•-~tt::
18 19
29 31
27
24 25 30
28
26
FWD
2-53/2-54
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR UANUAL
2-55
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W.S. W.s.
2480 W.S. 4835
291 W.S.
3350 W.S.
3800 W.S.
4250 W.S.
34 522 6 7
8
13 14
10
23 9
16
2
15´•
17
30
18 25 SE 27
2
19 28 29
~Q
-~Le- n O n .I-b~ll----U
32
47
31
36 37 38 39 41 43 44 46
33
35 1 I 1 140 42 45
34
W.S. w.s~ I /w.s~ I /w.s~ i /w.s~ I /w.s~ Ifw.s.
2918 3350/ 1 \3750/ 1 \4150/ 1 \4550/ 1 \4950/ 1\532
FWD
2-56
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-57
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-58
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W.S:
2594
3, 1 [--1 1 4 22 1 5 6 1 23 1 I 1 13 14 1 15
7 8 1 24 9 1 10 112/ 11
A- 7--=L~- I /16
25 1 L_ 26 27
28
21
29
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
30 31 32 33 34
FWD
18 19
W.S. w.s.
w.s.
94 1
Detail A
2-59/2-60
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-40
´•6D
2-61
TU
Q 1 4 3
2
N 5
2C1,
25
xS-l I~
-n
co
13
14
30
or
r;C)
a
-r
a
c
-I
c
h,
r
n
c~ --c----´• a
a m
m W.STA 5015 p
I: "I
eJ~
31
V)
W. STA 745 a
r
17 18
21
20 j 23
34C a
r
19
-t-_.
W.STA 5450
53
22
W. STA 1350
MU-2 StRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-63
IU
Cn
p 1
28
C o~i
1 0~3
O
c m
a
p, i vl
co T:
a
W,STA 1950 W, STA 4835
14
r
i 36 37
1 21 17 19
a
24A 22 IU 20 C
l‘i
611-16
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-65
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-66
IO
j3
03
1, 1
3 2 r 5
13J 32 34 33
O Vo~-
ii?
4
lo 5 6 7
B nl /3035 3j 35 36
h
C
38
V,
(p O-I
w" C
a
11 c
6
13 nl 18 Is 37 i 39
P
43 40 44
(n a
,I: m
,I O
ur
I p
a
14.15 E
12 16 17
41,42 2
20 1 22 ~5 ~3 ZI~24 /V 88
c
45 46
48~ 50,51 53 1‘
r; )I~)I
!T
O i-i.
27 26 29
m
47 49 52
o~ g
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
P"Ail:i:I _40
2-69
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-60
2-70
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
s i ´•-f i
-i:
FWD I)
i 28 29
24
38
30 43
36
37 1 8
3
i I A
~’I
A ------T,f-’------- 10
1
35 t-t----
I i I -I
L( I I U 9y’ 41 46i
~5
i 32
3? _I
47
OL 6
11
ii .i
rL 9
34 4
2---iC~c( 31
f 1-c27 40 1 1 7 j ~--14
44
------tl----------
p o 12
a
W. STA 1950 I
Y--) R L
23 11
20
22 46
18 16
17
r7
rgy, r:
O
(0)’
I;i
1
I
I
O
,LJ
15
section A A 46
2-71/2-72
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-73
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N7THRU27
B, S/N2BANDUP
2-74
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
30 1-35 1 -36
4 5 3 46 14
r---- II
12
II:_____
i! 1/ 1-3
i
I-+-;=:T:ft
II I
11
f I__,-i
7 10 15 FWD
W.S. W.S.
201
W.S; W.S
W.S.
22
24
21 32 a3 22 25
41
40
36
26
bW/ jU i "o~i
1 ~li
43
20A
i:, 33 :i
37
30’ 29
39 35
16 28 45
42 44 27 17 18
19 34
20
2-75/2-76
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-77
YU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-78
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-40
-60
w.s. w.s.
-t´•
195Q
FWD
21 2P 15 14 13 11 1 13 28 2~8 /27
23
A
A10 24~1. 1~25
17 18 19 8 i’ 6 3 2 4 5 1 \1 22
40 48
42
1_7___
45 ,46
II’
I
47
i
I, 39
49 I 1 111
,--~C-------,
II :1! 1_~37
41
51
50
54
r~___
38
B~t7-rt)
53 55
52
2-79/2-80
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
32 31 30 29 34 35
O 101
33 36
VIEW A-A
58 59
d‘
62 60 5j 5‘6 61
VIEW B-B
2-81
llAU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-82
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR AIIANUAL
-60
2-83
R)
do
P
E5
[\3 O
~3 Q)
C3 ~p
CD
c~ll Ir
i_.i
I
-n I
cn
lu W.STA 2550
L
c
m 1 I I I
I
’P~ w -LO
o i i I v,
N
(3 1-~-- IIl( I I w
~CI
3 ~P\
o w
C
r I! I i N C1
C: N W.STA 2350 m
o r
~P C
L~
(o W II r 1
O
o N II :::1:
w I I
o, r I r
o w I
(3 vl ~xl
o w m
o w ::´•t,:::
r
Z ~p ~o
Es
__,_L W. STA 2150
(3
V) ~P
r
r I_--iiiil:
=i,
P, 1
O
I
C~
L+
L 2
(D
r+--- C
~a P
O i
I L
-7’ I W. STA 1950 I:-.-:iIiii i
o
J ,-L
c
1cn :111w
r
I-i:i:iiiii:i
r
r
o
r
P\3
N~ m cn ex,
a:
t3
N
co
w
lu
m
W.STA 1950 c
~L___________
1
-t
I
r;
(p I i I I I 1 a
3 tot I I I I
o a
I
c
o
m
w
cn oo
c
o
i
W. STA 2150
p, :x:i::
o cJ
cP r
w
O
o cn a
co
E o h
O
co
:_i::::
S
v,
r
c
a
p,
W. STA 2350
o
L~ w:
o o
n,
a
n
I
OI :::i:::: C
r
O
Y o
ru ~e W.STA 2550
r----
r~
----------I
8- t_:-~
OtO
or
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-86
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR AIIANUAL
´•::;60
2-87
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
40 42 26 39 28 34 33 35 36 41
;I II FWD
II]
rt
I I
29 I it
111 1 I
25
32
31
22 20 24 21 38 37 27 23 30
o o
o
in
in
m
m
B B
19 16 14 15 2
17
18
I YI 11 ,6
i; 111 12.13
II "’I
’’I
III I
11 II!I ~V I; ii
II
ii
q
11 7 10 9 8
5
2-88
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-89
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N 101 THRU 224, S/N 226, S/N 228, S/N 229
S/N 231, S/N 232, S/N 501 THRU 547
B, S/N 225, S/N 227, S/N 230, S/N 233 AND UP
2-90
AnU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9
W.S W.S.
2550 2250 1950 -Ilr
FWD
6 7 11 8 2 9
4 ni \I I I I lri
o~ I Y, I 1 i lo\ IH I 1 .10
5_ 1B I Si
_J_J
j I I
1 1
ii
10 G; 12
Z
s~T
:i 14
~r
t~-------
I II
13
18
I I’
1
17
ij I a I~--ls
i-i
15
_L
20
i I I
19 I C
L
22
II 21
I i C c
-L
25
26 24
23
2-91/2-92
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-93
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4 15 10
2 18
29 24
19 -LI L~( ,s
11 I i
28
22 PiFapr i 9
9 23
ill I
12 1
Icc------~$l
i I
zs
1
I I
i1 a
z i i
1~ 31
5
I
41
20 1’6 17
FWDI)
25
1 31 27
30
I
_____________
I_I_L__________
2-94
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
r
--Lj-
32
36 a 35
33
37
!_--_----------------------
38
31 FWD 34
40
,I
39
Section A A
2-95
MU12 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
il-36A-’i:ji -I -i
2-96
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-97
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
27 25 29 7 12 23 14 11 8 15 13 26 27
J
24\ I I I \0~ 18
30
22
24
17, 1 ,16
I 19
30
6~ 1 I I
30
I P~------t/4
34
27
,30
30
24
31~ 1 I I ,32
j b ji.J~33
27
28
5 10 21 20 35 4 1 2 3 28
FWD
2-98
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
13
ii I;
II I .Is
II I ,38
39
Ij
37
1 36 40 Detail A -A
2-99
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR ~ANUAL
2100
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-101
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W. STA 370
m
c3
Fl llr r
W.STA 2550 in
W. STA 0
In
N
W.STA 2750 Iii iill
W. STA 2950
n
c~ Ci
ii O
i i ii
u> II~ Ir;tc--un
o, a I! ~c;l a, II I llTcr’
hi
T’. I]I 3550
c~
co
j ii
W.STA 3750 Ii I~ z:
W. STA 115
W. STA 3857
W. STA 1550
W. STA 1750
F~
w. STA 4550 T~
-li I jl I! I 1~1
R]
W. STA 1950 )1 I I i II
rl
m
Ln
W. STA 4790
W. STA 2150
W. STA 4950
I~ IcH--cP
c~ W. STA 2350
F3
P-
a
W. STA 2550
2-102
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-103
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N4THRU 17
2-104
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
co r
W.STA 1 i, I Centerline
2550 In
I
cr,
m
N
S:
eo
o
m W.STA
370
c, I II I c~
Cr) 00
W.STA
/CV
520
W.STA
3150 1 i 8!
cu V)
O (D II;
CU
OD
W.STA o
F? ~n W.STA 370
~o 745 cr,
W.STA
"s Ill-----,----iJI
3550 W
N
O rr
a~
~t
~J
V)
a I 1 :I cO
co --yh r~t- Ln
W.STA3950F;\Ui U~ I e I
´•oi a
co
W.STA
4150
~3 1+--~ i cJ
Lo
Ii i ii
es
PI
3
a eL I
W.STA
a
(f3 z
2550 ´•r.
d,
E!
L.
8-
x
a,
W.STA m co
t-
35-
4550 N
j
a
N
a Q
d~ I L11 I
O C:I-´•l F=
I II I\ ~co
a
W.STA N o
FO hi
4950
h
~3110 O W.STA
t-
2550
cJ
Fig33 Rearspar
2-105/2-1 06
IU
i3 1 a
~Pi in t L, w
NL)
s 09
63 60 54 48 30 52 13
25 24 11 1 3 56 37 10 68 65 55 36
72
C~ l~il ’111
Z
C
40 39 47 57
61 38 58 46 73 69 45 70 19 43
14 8
31 75 49 V)
-1
71
co I I C
w
o
,O
-1
C
II I I I I -1 I I r::::::::l ~J
m
20
1 rP
r,io w
in in
v,r;lj! yrl m
os vl m
z o
74
80 12 18
29 59 5 7 21 50 62 41 32 1 6 9 1 I-.~..I
79 77 42 ~X]
r
6?C~f
C; 8B~ c
51 35
n 44 26 71 17 CD
76 64 16 3467 64
W 1 A
76
78 23
8’
28 Itr
it,
27
o::o::
82
Detail B Detail A
(S/N is AND UP)
(R.H only)
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-107
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-108
rU
1 1 Ij
r
W.S: W.S:
28 1
26
27 w.s:
25 1 j L
c
2590 1950 1 1250
W.S:
580 W.S: W.S: W.S:
r;
920
19~ 0
(p W.S- 194/ U)
W 9 15 1 520 -1
p 7 a
C
O
,7~ i(d’ii
-1
o ´•~´•´•1
.o C
a
-o
P,
-i~- O
r
A a
m
30 8 23 13 14 4
16 10 2 17 18 19 6 20 3*
11 22 29 5 12
3 a
21
ii
oio Z
w
1950 a
6~ C
1 I Icn or i,
r
G k
a~lo,
3 2 lin i~
oio
Detail A
MU-2B-40, -60 only
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR ~ANUAL
2-111
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-112
O
iu’
I-- I I I r
c
-11
I I I I I I I --I h)
W V)
VI W.S.
W5 -I
WS W.S: WS:
51 IYS: rYS
W.S: W.S.
3~
4350 4150 W.S. W.S.
~IO W.S: W.S: C
3150 291
o 911 CI
-i
u, 21 1 27 26 c
o 19 1~
ru 3r
C, Or
-~rr- -----r.r:
c 1:i
:U ~P
111 i.,
’II m
I i I
I I I I I ’II
1) 1 "’-M or
1*
co
~D
25 23 22 12 ik
920 5 s 7 18 4 ii Z 16 15 l’g 3
O’a
11 10 24
z
~Jk C
ellen g
r
ilrj
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-115
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-116
IU
1!
IU
aD
3
C
a 14 20
Ij
18
U)
-n
-1
ca
I 1 73
o C
o,
O
-cp:-
-n
a
c-Ia
u, r
-o
~II
w.s; W.S: W.S: W.S. W.S. w.s. W.S. w.S.
10
C,(D
S -UI
31
31
(p
~B_i8i 13
16
19
i2
1 21 zj
2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 15 13 16 17
B II’-
;PIP
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-119
)u
s
IU 13
O
36 22 35
23
1
37
uJ
u~
1L- II L
~I r’ r’ F=
24 s h,
l.S; W.S:
\NS: W.S: VI
24 W´•S:
10 38 sso
16 1,4 6 194
W.S; -I
w.5: 920
1669. 21 9 7 7)
W.S: L950 12 18 133
zsso
2B 22 1 C
11 39 24
71 26 39 23 4 o
o
s
r i,
t
r I I I I I i´•, )I
~P
I´•~
’~Tf´•_ rt nrr I: I; ~I II I~ II b
a
1 0( r
I~ I´•,
m I I I
9, VI.’I ;1-
´•1_I_L n
´•Ic
rn I I P
a
"PI
32 20 19 17 4
40 32 34 32 33
25 27 3 33 4
31 29 41
30 15 N L
(2 42 oo
~---e A z
C
i~ rj
cn vlvl
r
W.S:
W.SL wk
19’50 0) o,
3 2
Det;ail A
NIU-2B-40,-60 only
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-121
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-122
IU
iU~
31 L
5
c
35 .li 1 I I;
-7--__9 041
I! -~c---------,-l---- -------,1--- -------1--- -e
~XJ
s. 1
r
I I I I I T T 1 I T i T I 1’ f 1 t I T’ t t’ t t 1’ I f I I i I I I
a
16 c
33 21 29 20 14 28 27 38 4 26 24 i 2~ 17 2 34
22 37 18 12 19 15 9 6 30
13 11 r
7
bI:0
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-125
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-126
9)
i3
N
03
41 43 qg
36
13 19 25 26
c
I;
u,
a
~I i I. C
ca
O
o
(D
C
a
~I
O r
P W.S. W.S. W.S. W.S:
91
W.S. W.S. W.S: W.S; W.S:
4590
W.S.
4350
W.S. W.S:
3W.S. W.S:
340n 3010 2985 2550 2250 a
´•p 5450 51 4950 4835 991
c, a
r
iS iiz
to
C
\\!i\ Q-:_I vl
r
31 30 33 34 35 37 38 39 1~- C~
1 2 4 5 6 7 iO 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 24 23 22 27 29 40 qp 44 46 48 47
28 32
8
9
pUcr,
P´•-:l
oio
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-129
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I-26A -40
-so
2-130
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
15 29 24 3 28 8 23
6
26 27 4 5 7 17
2 20
19
22
I: 36
;:’;"’-""-=-if´•’~´•";"’!f
37
_,._
i
38\ --r --r~--- ,qg
10 1
14 16 34 25
9 30 1 31 32 12 21 13 33 18 39
47 45 43 52 53 44 54 5
59 51
A
tlB
58 41
48 49 50
I" BO/ 61
CANT ST
782
68 66 67 67
i: I
iljir 4 jj
?_~_____, ~il
64
613 69
70 65
Fig 40 Flap-outboard
2-131/2-132
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-133
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N4ANDUP
B, S/N 101 THRU 110
C, S/N 111 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
D, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP, S/N 501 THRU 577
E, S/N578ANDUP
F, S/N 101 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
2-134
N
W FLAP FLAP
X STA
699.37.
STA STA
1290
STA
630
STA STA
a,
43 1 13 2 1 14 1 15 16 48 22
47
46
10
45 9
ill 42 E
c
~II I:
r
II If 21
r
-V)
40
ii
ii
c
1; 111 Il o
12 X! ii c
71
11 44 a
3+
r
5’ 1 23 --~-*1 ///I ///I U: 41
I I I 18 7 26 a
2A m
p,
20 5 28 19 6 21 A 17 8 25 cn
a
36
3 a
Al r
a
c
A r
29 31 32 33 34 kl~
39 30
35 36 37 38
~14
Section A-A
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-137
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-138
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Fig 42 Spoiler
2-1 39
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Fig 43 Spoiler
2-1 40
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4 5
10
11
12
15
10
13
14
2-141/2-142
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-143
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3 4
9 10
11
7 8
12
13
14
15
2-144
LlU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-145
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
z 34 sh
I’""
2-146
-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR AnA UAL
a 10 15 20 25 26
i~a0iiiiiii z861:
Section C- C
cl
I
i
1
t !I(Il_t LT=-:=~
I ICI C
IILu=
I
I
It I I
I I II
IIII
I
´•I
I
i 4
I
9 1 LCi_ ---‘J
7 1
2
II ,II
Ir-’i---- u
I i; rrl
i ,I
iilb~
14
’II ’I------ r
15
I
I
I’
I Is
1 14 17
‘-J 1
11
21
22 L(L 19
20
22
18
24
23~ 23
Section B-B
Section A-A
2-147/2-148
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/NBANDUP
B, S/N 14 AND UP
C, S/N 101 AND UP
D, S/N 101 THRU 130
E, S/N 101 THRU 337
F, S/N 131 AND UP
G, S/N 131 THRU 337
H, S/N338ANDUP
J, S/N 101 THRU 263
K, S/N264ANDUP
2-149
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
II FWD Z
I i
Ai A
5A 5
section A-A
2 3
2-150
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU522
B, S/N523ANDUP
C, S/N 501THRU 732
D, S/N733ANDUP
E, S/N 501 AND UP
2-151
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I’"" 1
NOTE: A, S/NBND UP
B, S/N 101 AND UP
C, S/N 501 AND UP
D, S/N 101 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
2-152
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9 3 2 7
8
rr
Bri /I
A C D E E
i; C
r :7 rj
4 6 5
9 11 13 6
12 /1 14 1 1
10
I
8B
2-153/2-154
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-155
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
f -28A[~ -90
2 1 3
r; I
I
Ar(Jj7A "ri
i
Cy1\ 7C Df 3D
I
LJ
L
6
45s9 ’"~BI:12 14
1
1 13
1 1
2-156
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-157
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I)
2 3 9 l.o
Af 11A
--r=---------= --:I-----
Bf
r‘;
I B
i i
´•iii: 7C
4 5
5A
7C B
8A8C S
7A
8B
2-159
MU-2 SfRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1 2
3 4
MU 2B, -10,-15,- 20, -25,- 26, 26A and -4 0 MU- 213-30, -35, -36, -36A and -60
010A-33023-7(-8) Skin i
2024-T42 C 0.025 B
010A-33023-15(-16) Skin 2024-T42 C 0.032 C
2. 010A-33023-5(-6) Shim´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 2024-T3 C 0.032 A
010A-33023-9(-10) Shim´• 2024-T3 C 0.032 B
3. 030A-33210-3(-4) Skin 2024-T42 C 0.025 D
030A-33210-7(-8) Skin 2024-T42 C 0.032 E
4. 030A-33210-5(-6) Shim´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•~´•´•´• 2024-T3 C 0.032 F
NOTE: A, S/N8AND UP
B, S/N 101 THRU 214
C, S/N215ANDUP
D, SIN 501 THRU 522
E, S/N 523 AND UP
F, S/N 501 AND UP
2-160
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
10
9 1 11
7 i I I 1 10
12
3A
2-1 61/1 62
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIRt MANUAL
2-163
N
CI)
p 7 6 5
8 6
13 9 1 I 1 7
12 1 I I I I I\ I 1 8
15
C/
I I h
c
14
r;
V,
-I
-n
a
co
4 C
rn
rn
O
m
3 -I
C
ol r
16 11
10 m
v, vl
a
n, I)
15\ 1 V a
u~
t~ n x J~d"K
14
a
c
I r
16 18
16 A 16 B 1
A 13
16
17
d
Section A-A 12
S/N 43 AND UP i~
S/N 135 AND UP
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N8ANDUP
8, S/N 101 AND UP
C, S/N 135 AND UP
D, S/N 8 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP
E, S/N 31 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP
F, S/N 135 AND UP
2-165
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
8A
::/----7
10
15 16 4
1
6
i f
11
c~
A
17 L-~-l-----,
C 5
21
12
\6495sTA\ 19 23/STA
64
22
13
O o
14 2’4 16 ~5
Section A-A
Fig 56 Aft fillet assembly
2-166
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
f -40
2-167
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
14------t~ i\ 13
1
15
___r~----;- r-~
L B
A
16
10
11
2 3
7
12
Fig 57 Tiptankfillet
2-168
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-169
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-10
-´•’;l´•i;-3´•$i:-i t QO i:lli
10
Ir’D
6
12
5/
5
11
Fig 58 Tiptankfillet
2-170
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:::ie:.:::::all -10
3
io
t
A A la; I ~I f 13 B
7
11 1 4 2 12 5
I~ 9
2-171
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
20
21
F-
-10 11
15
1718 16 1
23
~,______________,
i____l__t___l~
J_ _==__==_=_
c
__
__----~
r ___
19
13 9 k
1B 1A
14
1
Y 9 12
-I B
Section A-A
Section B-B
Fig 60 Tiptankfillet
2-172
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-173
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
5’
10
7 A
11
I
(111
1 bl 3
11 12
0’:
0O G
1A O,
5
4
1C
IB 10
Detail A
2-174
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE A, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 103 THRU 113, S/N 117,
S/N 119, S/N 120
B, S/N4THRU7
C, S/N 8 AND UP, S/N 101, S/N 103 THRU 113,
SIN 116, SIN 117, SIN 119, SIN 120
D, S/N4ANDUP
E, SIN 101, S/N 103 THRU 113, S/N 116, S/N 117,
S/N 119, S/N 120
2-175
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
t 9
11
10
bi r-~ I
\II
I
3 FS´•t’\~\\,
I
1
I I 8’A
2A
G
2
1A~ VI
Fig62 Tiptank
2-176
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-177
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(2) Damage to such an extent that the thickness after polishing is not reduced more than
8% of the original thickness for outer skin between spars and access door of integral
tank, 10% for leading edge skin and 12% for trailing edge skin and access doors
other than ones for integral tank, when scratches or surface abrasions are polished
out.
(3) Minor dents which do not cause cracks and are repairable by bumping out. In this
case, similar damages must not be in adjacent areas and the diameter should be
(4) Sharp damages which can be removed by drilled hole not more than 5/32 in, in
diameter. The drilled hole should be plugged with a flush-head rivet and should not
have an effect on the edge distance of other rivets.
(5) Stop drilled cracks on skin edge, provided the hole has not an effect on the rivet
edge distance and no similar damages are around the neighbouring rivets not more
than five.
NOTE
(1) Smooth bumps or dents on the flat surface without corner damaged.
(2) Nick on the corner if the thickness is not reduced more than 10% of original
thickness when polished out without other damages around the nick and effect on
(3) Scratches and surface abrasions which do not exceed 1 in. in diameter and when
polished out the thickness will not be reduced more than 8% of the original
thickness.
(4) Sharp damages which can be removed by drilling hole not more than 3/16 in. in
(5) Damages of sectional area reduction which is not reduced more than 5% when the
damages (short cracks, etc.) on flange are cut away or cracks are stop-drilled.
The length of the damage must be less than 1 in.
(6) Deformations below the extent as shown in Fig 63 on the edge (not attached to skin)
of angle, stringer on the upper panel between W.STA 2590 and W.STA 2910, are
3.3 RIBS
(1) Surface damages such as dent, nick or scratch less than 1 in. in length or less than
half of flange width and repairable by smoothing out. When smoothing out,
thickness reduction should be less than 10%.
(2) Small cracks or minor damages which can be removed with drill less than 3/16 in. in
diameter. The drilled hole should be plugged with a rivet of same material.
(3) Cracks on web or edge of truss which are not more than 0.2 in. in length and can be
stop-drilled.
(1) For web scratches or surface abrasions less than 2 in. in length and when polishing
out the thickness should not be reduced more than 10%.
(3) Minor damages which can be removed with drill less than 3/16 in, in diameter. The
drilled hole should be plugged with a rivet.
(4) Damages on the edge of web less than 2 in. in length. When the affected area is
cut away or stop-drilled, it has no effect on the minimum rivet edge distance and is
less than 10% of web section. For stiffeners, the damage is less than 2 in. in
length and has no effect on the minimum rivet edge distance and not reduced more
dent which do not exceed 10% in depth when smoothing out, is negligible. For the
2-179
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
3.5 FITTINGS
(3) Scratches or surface abrasions which do not exceed 10% in depth and reduction of
cross-sectional area is less than 10% when the damages are smoothed out.
NOTE
3.6 FLAP
Skin
(1)Scratches and surface abrasions which are removable without reduction more
(2)Smooth dent less than 1 in. in diameter which can be restored to original contour
without crack.
(3) Minor damage such as nicks or cracks which can berepaired by stopdrilling with a
drill less than 5/32 in, in diameter. The drilled hole should be plugged with a rivet,
but it has no effect on the edge distance for other rivets.
(2) Smooth dents on flat surface less than 0.24 in, in diameter for flange, 0.79 in. for
rib web and 0.51 in. for spar web and less than 0.1D of maximum depth. (D:
diameter of dent)
2-180
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(3) Minor damages on flat surface which can be repaired by stop-drilling with a drill 1~8
in. in diameter provided another cracks are not caused within 1 in.
Trailing edging
(1) Damages less than 2 in. in length and 0.12 in. in depth on the trailing edge.
(1) Skin
(a) Nicks and abrasions which can be removed without removal of more than 18% of
the skin thickness.
(b) Smooth dents less than 1 in. in diameter which can be bumped out without crack.
(c) Minor damages such as nicks or cracks which can be repaired by stop-drilling with
a drill less than 3/16 in. in diameter. The drilled hole should be plugged with a
rivet.
(2) Frame
0. O 8 in
O
0
8
O
O
Oo
O
O
Fig 63 Stringer-skin
2-181
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
When a repair is going to be performed on the wing, typical repair examples in Section VI
or practical methods shown below are applied. For sealing of wing integral tank, refer to
Section I, Para. 8.2 "INTEGRAL TANK SEALING." For repair of tip tank, refer to Fig 64
"Repair example.
Skin or 64 Patch repair for cracked skin on stringer, stiffener and rib
stiffener 1 65 Patch repair for cracked skin around access opening
66 Patch repair for crack or buckling on stringer
67 Patch repair for cracked skin around hoisting hole
68 Patch repair for cracked skin around earth jack fitting
69 Repair for buckling on wing upper panel (1/2)
69 Repair for buckling on wing upper panel (2/2)
70 Repair for inter rivet buckling
71 Repair for buckling on wing skin (1/3)
71 Repair for buckling on wing skin (2/3)
71 Repair for buckling on wing skin (3/3)
72 Replacement procedure of inner wing lower skin
2-182
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
85
Replacement of
flapmain guide rail (1/5)
Flap rail
(SETTING OF FLAP RAIL ON MACHINE TABLE)
85
Replacement of flap main guide rail (2/5)
(LEVELING OF RAIL ATTACHMENT LUG)
85
Replacement Of flap main guide rail (3/5)
(LEVELING OF RAIL ATTACHMENT LUG)
85
Replacement of flap main guide rail (4/5)
(DETERMINATION OF THE CENTER OF BOLT HOLES)
85
Replacement of flap main guide rail (5/5)
DRILLING OF BOLT HOLES
Rev. No.l
27 Dec. 1999 2-182A/2-1828
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
u? ~v,
u~ u
_Lj__pt
’1’
crack
lot
lal ia 19
~C bL----------Li_--------1~1
5
------´•1~1
II
I
II o
Minimum edge distance
two rivet diameter
from center of hole I I I t I’
(Typ.)
Patch Ir
II ---C-l---
(2024-T3 clad 0. 032")-
Chamferl/ 8’’ B
(Typ.)
Rivet spacing
L- Chamfer all around
four times
rivet diameter
from center to center Added 1´•ivet(MS20426AD3)
MS20426AD3 in existing
rivet holes.
Fig 64 Patch repair for cracked skin on stringer, stiffener and rib
2-183
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
~TC
L,
O O -F-i
ij
oi o
Crack
m~ In
13/~32"
a a In radius
----~------------1
a -e a 1~71",II a d- t)
g)
e-
o 3 a
n
Repair doubler j~ a
-4
2024-T3 clad 0. 040"
I~oubler a :1
Stop-drill #3(!
Chamfer all
edges
o. is ~.79
Pig 65 Patch repair for cracked skin around access opening
2-184
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Stringer
Crack or buckling
on stringer 2. Add angle by either of the forlolving
rework methods.
,es)
e4"
ss~
~´•15(3
ces
z P~"
c~S ~ia
II
)sr’
e~&e ct
riu
eS
ti~fCI-
t\NO
Reworle Method 2
‘1 Existing angle
Add MS20470AD4
rivet at the same
Section A-A
2-185
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Crack
Min. edge distance
two times rivet dia. double~ matching ~ith e?tisting
r C‘ut out
(Typ. p~l I I hole.
II
l.o-itS~= ~t a -e i
a I
lit .i
Ic-j
0.59
t
Rear spar upper flange W.S W.S
Existingrivet(Ref.)
2-186
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Rear spar
L"a Tdl o
"e"."_ r0;50 o
"Oo o
7-
I(oIOI lo(0IloJ
1’1 I;fu?-lI
lol Crack
I (ol
6"’" P~ I,,,,---~--- 7´•r
L´•1
6- ~Y
I I IF´• =’1
0.050
Added (Type.)
rivet\\ Doubler
(MS20426AD4) III Chamfer
Rivet pitch 19/32 11 tall edges)
1Q
Added rivet driven in
the middle of existing II
hale (NS20426AD4) I\
Rivet(MS20426AD4) Clzamfer 3/16 (Typ.
driven in the existing
hole
Countersink
Stop-drill #30 on the NAS517-2-4
edge of crack NAS679A08W 2 places
NA S1169 DD8
AN960D8
Fig 68 Patch repair for cracked skin around earth jack fitting
2-187
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR ~IANUAL
Repair example for buckling on wing upper panel is shown Pig 69 (1/2) and 69 (2/2).
w.s~ /W.S~ /W.S~ /W.S:
3150/ \291
Front spar Center line Repair doubler
of buckling
____
I I
i r -tr
:i: ::~i
A
Repair
Angle
L
2
I I
~tl‘\ i ai~liS
ii u
i I
I /I
r
r-~J I 1
~iller I
i~ ~irler I
II I
M820426 AD3 Rivet r I
51
a/ r( MS20426
n
it1 Extremely I
nepair
i
Deformed area
Angle 2
AD 4
/I
d--
~C1´•l TRepai:r \Lt´•:i:ig
I I Angle 1
tiiiis
I I
II--
LI
I
T
Stringer
L
Kear spar
Repair Doubler
Existing skin
Repair Angle
Striger
MS20470AD 4 Rivet
Repair Doubler
Section A A
2-188
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
0.55
0.75
0.39 0.39
5-5/16
0.16 P 1 0.16
0.75
0.55 0.55
0.75
1~0. 39 0.39
6-11/16
Chamfer both
0.751 I I (~jl ends
1 I
0.16 0.16
2-189
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
CZ~
I/
Shim 0. 016
t FWD 347 CRES
0.28
1 Rivet MS20426AD3
3 reqd.
MS20426AD4 rivet
II driven in the exist- ~Y"
II-~-ing rivet hole J ~I d
II
I
I\
-t--+- OI
-;--´•II
I
i iY
J
Inter-rivet buckling
Shim (Ref.
2-190
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Repair angle(*2)
Repair doubler(’l)
-I?-
I! ii I :I
L~ 1] Lj
;======f~
iI
o\~
II
I I
II
II A
i
II
MS 204 26AD3 I
I I
I
I
I o
III llo I
O- LI _
r
7
-tl- 1 n
´•t~
~h
J, n
-L~B
I zm~ a’’r r7
fb’
n
~1 I
\w
L_ I I
I I I
73 D
MS20426AD4
Repair angle(*2)
Doubler
TT1--- -!r II
Section A A
II i I
7B iI
--CI I1/1 1
II I I II
II I I I
I, I
II I I I
-iI-
t~- -Ti- ---IF
Reinfo rcement angle II
II II II
--L~-
+I LC
Section B B
2-191
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
’1 2024-T3C 1=0.032"
’2 2024-T3C 0.04X20X20
’3 2024-T3C 1=0.020"
i. Buckled area on the upper skin shall be repaired by
beating.
2. Apply water-proof seal (PR341) around removed skin
2-1 92
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
W.S. W.S.
4150 3550 3150 2950 2590
T1- r
’II II II II
II ___IL__IIII I I
~lt -lr -II I ITUn/iz~S h n/L!/4;L~.n7orr;7 4~ zznf /u
II II II II
I’ ’I II ,i
I I
I II I I
I I
1 I I !I;
II II
I 4
1 11_ I I I I
II I ~uultt
II
ullt
-1L
I I II II i I I I 1 I Uiii~
z
II II L____
_
Door
035A-48080 (LH WING shown)
neplace skin assy
(including spot-welded
doubler 017A-12620-501)
NOTE
2-193
R)
120mm 115mm
125mm
71 B
ct, 41 I A
-cl
Z:
C
J
13 B -C’ Section A-A r;
A JB
U,
Q W.S. 1600 C
(D i,
o
W.S; 1250 ul
New skin
cn
L
MS20426AD5-32 (TYP) 017A-11023-5(-6) 0~ Nb
z;
NOTE 3. Unless otherwise specified, rivet of same size with the existing hole
shall be used.
2. Added stiffener
O 017A-11008-13(-14) ~S
O 017A-11008-15(-16)
O 017 A- 11008- 17 (-18)
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
08 MS20426AD5 15REQD
O
ADD FILLER
ADD DOUBLER 301 CORROSION
j 301CORROSION
RES(STANT STEEL
(MEL-S-50591/4H)
T=.025" 12F01RESI TANT STEELj O
MS20470DDG 4REQD
T=.025" 12F01
~1 A
O
Bi O
NAS1669-3L4 IIREQD
~I
h
(REF) II) I
I CLACK
\YPI
O
NAS 1669-3L5 3REQD
O
NAS517-3-6 ~REQD O
,l,,,,i NAS679G3W SREQD
AN960D10 3REQD
T=.020"
(REMOVE) NAS517-3-5 3REQD
012F01
cur OFF L~E
)I 2
AT DAMAGED
)3-051A70(WKS --L
O
O Th ADD S)IIM
MS27039-1-15 1REQD 1 2024-T3C.SIIT
(LNSTL)r AN960D10
NAS679A3W
1REQD
1REQD
I
Olzr;olr=.020"
(REMOVE) MS27039-1-14 1RE(ID
II O
NAS 26G9-3L4 ´•IREQD
NASS17-3-7 2REQD II
AN960D10 2REQD
II I-;-I
NAS679A3W ZREQD I
(REMOVE) NAS517-3-6 PREQD II
I II I~
NAS517-3-9 IREOD L;I) Jjj;lJ ’STIFFENER (RI~F)
(INSTL)i AN960D10 1REQD
NAS679A3W 1REQD
(017A-13552)
O FWD
NAS1105-11 1REQD
AN960DS16 ]REQD W.STA\ ~ADD S111M
NAS679A5 LREQD 2486 2024-T3C.SI~T
(REMOVE) NAS1105-10 1REQD LII/RII
LOOKING DOWNWARD T=.040"
(LH SHOWN,RH OPPOSITE) (812F01
(S/N 283AND293 LWRH)
TOP SURFACE
2-195
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
STIFFENER (REF)
(017A-13552)
SECTION A-A
2-196
MU-2 STRUCfURAL REPAIR MANUAL
0.2
0
MS20426AD4 GREQD (AROUND) 2
(AROUND)
o
t~ m~ MS20470DD6 2REQI)
i
O O O
MS20426AD5 14REQD I
~ljl111 1
NAS1669-3L5 SREQD
Il I
O
NAS517-3-6 3REQD
ii NAS 1669-3L61REQD
AN960D10 SREQD
NAS679A3W 3REQD
(RE INSTALL) IC
FWD
CLACK
W.STA
2590
RH
OUTWARD
it
LOOKING UPWARD BOTTOM SURI;ACE
(S/N 283 RIi)
NOTE 1. DIMENSION: MM
O 2. SAME OUTLINE OF 017A-13500-3(SKIN) EXCEPT AS NOTED.
O 3. APPLY ALODINE tS~1200,EPOXY PRIMER ONE COAT ON
ALL BARE SURFACES. (SAME WITH CODE 12F01.)
4. MARK’ :ADD FASTENER.
O 5. DIMPLINGSHEET 1 AND 2.
6. DIMPLING SHEET i.
O 7. PICK UP FROM EXISTING HOLE,EXCEPT AS ADD FASTENER.
8. DIMPLINGSHTl,2 AND 3.
O 9. SAME OUTLINE OF 017A-13500-3(SKIN) AND 01 7A-13552(STIFFENER)
EXCEPT AS NOTED.
2-197
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Repair example for crack on upper panel of wing trailing edge is shown in Fig 74.
o
o to
r( m
Fl".
c~
vl
I r
II I
II ok I
I I
II
,VL~I
z
c
--I
II
II
I; --------‘-Ic-----
I, I
I a
Fre II
n I
II II
I
1 I
II --------’-~ZSS
--’-L-
Doubler
z
Repair doubler
(2024-T3 Clad 0. 032")- I II I
Chamfer 1/8" 1
2-198
MS204Z6AD3-32 (for existing hole)
51 ;1
t, MS20426AD3-32(Added)
V,
Lnboard
-~t MS20426AD3-32 (for existing hole)
refei~nce pL"e
13
o
W.S.
rRear.psi MS2MZ~*D3-32 (ior exiaflog Ble)
L
9~. I _
J _
MS20470AD3-20 or NAS1738B4-1 (Added) C
a I;
MS20426AD3-32 (Added)
n L------- I
-I- V)--I
a
1
n ii c
a
I, E m0
=1
(’-~II Added doubler (inside skin) N
d C
o
III 2024-T3C a
u,
k
~II
111
i
t=0.025"
Zinc chromate primer
E on
Crack
(Stop drill #30
both end) 4mm
1 U I IOI
a
II II a
-Chamfer
~I
o II (Filled with PR341) ul
a
c
II tall circumference)
O a
9 Section A A (Doubler)
z
(P
II
II
tl
AII a
A II.
iu’ C
II
II
’;zf I~ I
I
,_I_ NOTE
i- ,8 t +I, Dimple of skin or doubler
J rs
F =========i~I I may be formed by
=W
n
1
I’ tl
II
T
Ie I
i
i’ beating.
61N6
~lb
,_+J
g
00 0;
B At Crack
Added doubler
2024-T3C
t 0. 040"
12F01
New clamp
Chamfer position
all circumference)
0.1~0.3 mm
NAS1739B4-3
MS20426AD4
NAS1739B4-2
´•.~;,-J
I
L T- L I-- I --T T,
Old clamp position
Hole and crack are
;$II
left alone.
View A A
Fig 76 Repair for crack on trailing edge frame (clamp attaching point)
LH wing W.STA 920 and 1600
2-200
1A
´•r---
7)
LL
(TYP)
a rlTaper 3
c
d" i i-t
P,
1-hl t=---~=
r V)
-I
i \I
o
bC---===
I.I--- --~F _I Crack a
___=
a
C
io
Chamfer Trailing edge
i~rj
vl cn
strip
A Lk
O o,lo,
o Cut out Section A A
w.s. Repair doubler
(Hatched area)
MIL-S-5059 Comp. 301 1/2H i~ r;J
1
o,
t 0. 020" or 0, 025"
4 w.s. I
C
w.s. Apply one coat of wash primer
k ;n h
785.
MIL-C-8514. After drying of o o
Typical repair examples for damage on rear spar side of tip tank installation in shown
in Pig 78.
i. Repair
Crack
sheet
Stop-drill #30
i. Repair angle
2. Repair angle
oi ii
Section A-A
AT Doubler ySkin
Add MS20426AD4 or
MS20470AD4 Rivet
o Ic~l 0.47(Min.)
-=1-
AL
--J
i. Repair sheet(Ref.)
Doubler
a. NAS1203-5 1 reqd.
NAS679A3W 1 reqd.
AN960D10 2 reqd.
b,d NAS1104-5 2 reqd.
NAS679A4W 2 reqd.
AN960D416 4 reqd.
c. NAS1104-3 1 reqd.
NAS679A4W 1 reqd.
NOTE
AN960D416 1 reqd.
1. Repair material
Repair example for deformation on wing spar flange is shown in Fig 79.
Deformed portion
Repair angle
Rib
Spar flange
T~ength of repair angle
~wo times rivet dia
J,
Spar web II LRivet driven in the Repair
existing rivet hole Angle
Spar web
Spar flang
Repair angle
NOTE (same mate~ial and gage
with spar flange.
carefully.
2-203
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4.6FLAP SKIN
Repair example for abrasion damage on flap skin in shown in Fig 80.
co
,I I ’Guide rail
o. 20(nef. LI r3-’ Cant. W. S. 3800
Roller station at FLAP
o han 0. 20 40"DOWN
Doubler
347 or other \c~ Cracked hole
CRES
O.O1G/zC~ /---------AbrasioP area
Less than
0.040
Cant. W. S.
3800 Section A A
Adhesive
2-204
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Repair examples for crack on wing-fuselage fillet are shown in Fig 81 and 82.
MS20470AD3 Rivet
fl-9 jf
NAS517
Stop-drill#30
ii
Screw -:--IA
Crack
Repair sheet 2024-T3 clad 0. 025
rivet dia.
4- -0- -btl~ P~
4- E~
Y
i- -B
-o-
0.08
Chamfer
Detail A
2-205
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
This screw(NAS517-3-2)
Apply 010A-30094(Seal maybe remove~ (1 ea.
Wing mold line
rubber) or Sealant PR3411/ I (Lower surface)
ie
Repair sheet
2024-T3 clad O.
~d
Stop-drill #30
Screw
Craclr
Chamfer 0. 08
MS20470AD3 Rivet
)i
Min. edge distance
two times rivet dia.
Min. rivet pitch
0.39
iL1__1
Fuselage
W.S.516
2-206
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1* Rivet 2 rows
MS20470AD4
tt;---- --\t+
Ilf
Two times rivet I tt- Apply sealing
ttl
diameter (Typ) ttl r+CII/ II compound
I
’+-cll I II I pn-1221
I
t+l If +II
Cf
Chamfer II I between skin
t+ I About 300 (Typ) and doubler
t+lI I Lt-
t+, It+
tt~------´•’ Ct-
+C+++L+++CL
tttt+’cc+ce
Slti n
Trim out
damaged
area V~d ‘k~ II, Doubler
1/4" Ri j 11 ‘6061-0(for skin) and
(Typ) II II 2024-T3C(for bulkhead)
-one gage heavier than
existing skin.
Form to match contour
Heat-treat to -TG condition
after forming.
2-207
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
~N7
STA
f
-~F-- -~i-l --lr-----
A
II A II n II II
I,
’I I’ II II
II II I~
I I II
II ’I
HINGE CENTER LINE
-i.
-t
~=5T
UPR HINGE LINE
R10 6-8
((TYP) (TYP)
caa
COEL
30´•
(TYP)i
LWR HINGE LINE
----~--O
CLIP 017A-11157-7
lea RIVET MS20470AD5-10 49ea
J
HINGE 017A-11954-3 lea B MS20470AD5-11 8ea
LOCATE HINGE TO MS20470AD5-12 7ea
MATCH WITH NEW
JO-BOLT NAS1669-08L6 17ea
TO USE EXISTING RIVET HOLE PATTERN.
NAS1669-08L7 5ea
LEADING EDGE ASSY.
TO USE EXISTING RIVET HOLE
PATTERN.
2-208
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(REF)
SHAVE HATCHED
AREA
i-~-TOUCH
0-0.1
16
RIVET MS20470AD4-5 2ea 017A-48570 LEAVE EXISTING
(REF)
(USE EXISTING RIVET HOLE) (REF) --tp: HOLES OF BRACKET
AS IS.
FRONT SPAR REF PLANE
SECTION B-B
LWR n~
2-209
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2-210
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Replacement of flap main guide rail is accomplished in accordance with the following
procedures.
(1) Remove flap from aircraft. (Refer to Maintenance Manual Chapter V,Para. 9. 2)
(2) Remove outer wing from aircraft. (Refer to Maintenance Manual Chapter III,
Para. 2. 3) (Except SIN 395-, 731-)
(3) Remove inner wing side access panel of inner and outer wing connecting section
from aircraft. (Except S/N 395-, 731-)
(4) Remove wing access panel at the rear of nacelle upper door. (S/N 395-, 731
(5) Remove flap central main actuator gear box from aircraft.
(7) Drill bolt holes in the new flap main guide rail. (See Para. 4.8.2)
(10) install inner wing side access panel on aircraft. (Except S/N 395-, 731-)
(11) Install wing access panel at the rear of nacelle upper door on aircraft.
(SIN 395-, 731-)
(14)’ Rig flap system. (Refer to Maintenance Manual Chapter V, Para, 9. 3 or 9. 3A)
(15) After system rigging and operation of flap system are completed, periorm
functional check flight. (Refer to Maintenance Requirements Manual Functional
Check Flight.)
Rev. No.l
27 Dec. 1999 2-211
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Match drilling operation of flap main guide rail is accomplished in accordance with the
following Procedures.
The following equipments are required to accomplished this procedure.
JIG BORER (Fine boring machine) or Equivalent 1 ea
DIAL I N D I CATO R o r Eq u ivalent 1 ea
(1) Fix the new flap main guide rail to the machine table. (See Fig 85 (1/5))
(a) Place the new flap main guide rail on the tilting table of jig borer.
(b) Secure the flap main guide rail on the tilting table using appropriate fixtures.
NOTE
(2) Position the mating surface of the new flap main guide rail attachment lug section
perpendicular to the axis of the drill spindle in accordance with following
procedures. (See Fig 85 (2/5) and (3/5))
(b) Position the indicator probe on the lug surface and roughly adjust tilting table
to be set into an enough position that the indicator prove can be active overall
lug surface.
(c) Adjust tilting table inclination so that maximum pointer oscillation given by
the
indicator traveling on the entire lug surface should be within 2/10000 in.
(=t 5/~ooq mm).
Rev. No.l
2-212 27 Dec. 1999
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(3) Loosen the clamping device, and remove and replace the new flap main guide
rail with the existing flap main guide rail.
NOTE
(4) Attach the existing flap main guide rail to the tilting table in the same manner that
the new flap main guide rail was attached in para. (1).
(5) Using the indicator, probe the outer four (4) corners of the lug surface and verify
that maximum pointer deviation is within t- 2/10000 in. ~f 5/1000 mm).
(6) If the given deviation is within limits, proceed to para. (7). If the deviation is not
within limits, adjust the tilting table inclination until the maximum deviation is half
that per para. (2).
(7) Locate the center point of the attachment bolt holes of the existing flap main
guide rail in accordance with following procedures. (See Fig 85 (4/5))
(a) Position the dial indicator against the inner surface of the bolt hole and probe
around the bore inner surface.
fb) Adjust the drill spindle until the pointer is stabilized while rotating the drill
spindle by hand, locate the bore center and record the spindle location.
(c) Repeat the centering operation for the other attachment bolt holes.
(8) Loosen the clamping device and replace the existing flap main guide rail with the
new one.
NOTE
(9) Attach the new flap main guide rail to the tilting table in the same manner
Rev. No,l
27 Dec. 1999 2-213
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(10) Find the center position (recorded in para. (7)) to the new flap main guide rail
lug surface and drill the center drill in accordance with.following procedures.
(a) By using a center drill of anapproximate 0.08 in. (2 mm) tip diameter, put light
drill marks on the new flap guide rail by
main the tip of drill bit.
(b) Using a vernier caliper, measure the distance between the drill tip marks
above. Check insure that the new drill positions are same as those on the
(c) If the location of the center drill marks are satisfactory, drill the center drills in
accordance with the drilling data per the TABLE-1 and TABLE-2.
Using the specified drill bits, drill and ream new bolt holes in accordance with
the drilling data per TABLE-1 and TABLE-2. (See Fig 85 (5/5))
(12) Loosen the fixture and remove the flap main guide rail from the tilting table.
Initial Drill
"T" "T" "M" "M" "T" "T"
(Drill Bit)
Feeds Speeds
Rev. No.l
2-214 27 Dec. 1999
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
FIXING DEVICE
TILTING TABLE
CLAMPING DEVICE
A~- I I
ii
---li ’ciZ
AL
I
SECTION A-A
DRILL SPINDLE
PERPENDICULAR
DIAL INDICATOR
DRILL SPINDLE
DIAL INDICATOR
FLAP MAIN GUIDE RAIL
I-i
,I-i
B k~
VI EW A
VIEW B
DRILL SPINDLE
DIAL INDICATOR
6 5 4 321
ENIPENNAGE GROUP
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION III
EMPENNAGE GROUP
3-i
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION III
EMPENNAGE GROUP
CONTENTS
Page
1. GENERAL´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• ´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•3-1
3-ii
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Fig 17 Repair example of crack on the horizontal stabilizer skin at the rear outboard
corners´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•3-46
Fig 18 Repair for depression on leading edge, horizontal stabilizer (1/3)´• 3-47
Fig 18 Repair for depression on leading edge, horizontal stabilizer (2/3)´• 3-48
Fig 18 Repair for depression on leading edge, horizontal stabilizer (3/3)´• 3-49
Fig 19 Repair for depression on leading edge, horizontal stabilizer H.STA 1480 thru
Fig 20 Repair for crack on leading edge skin, horizontal stabilizer (1/2) 3-51
Fig 20 Repair for crack on leading edge skin, horizontal stabilizer (2/2) 3-52
Fig 21 Repair for crack around rivets on front spar, horizontal stabilizer 3-53
9-iii
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1. GENERAL
The empennage consists of a horizontal stabilizer, elevator, vertical stabilizer and rudder.
Trim tabs are attached to the trailing edges of the elevator and rudder. Empennage also
includes the detachable dorsal fin and horizontal stabilizer leading edge fillet made of FRP
in order to getaerodynamic effect. General structural member of empennage
are spars,
skins and fuselage tail joint. Since fillet, trailing edges (except hinge attaching points)
and tips of horizontal and vertical stabilizers are not primary members in structure but are
aerodynamically important, care must be taken when repairs are made on these members.
(See Figl)
NOTE
3-1
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2. GENERALDESCRIPTION OFSTRUCTURE
2.1 STABILIZER
a. Horizontal Stabilizer
The horizontal stabilizer is all metal, integral (LH and RH), 2 spat, stressed-skin
construction and is attached to fuselage with 4 bolts. A hot air hose for de-icing
system runs inside of the leading edge. The clearance between trailing edge and
elevator is aerodynamically important, so repair should be made carefully.
b. Vertical Stabilizer
The vertical stabilizer is all metal (except the tip), cantilever, 2 spar, stressed-skin
construction and is attached to the aft fuselage. The tip is made of FRP for VHF
antenna. A hot air hose for de-icing system runs inside of the leading edge. As the
contour of vertical stabilizer trailing edge and clearance between stabilizer and
rudder are aerodynamically critical, care should be taken in making repair on them.
Skins and longerons important structural members as well as soars and ribs, and
are
form the contour of stabilizer. General damages occurred on skins and longerons,
include dents, scratches, cracks and nicks. Especially cracks should be repaired
carefully. Skins and longerons can be repaired over a considerably wide area
depending on the extent of damage but as there are many cases whererepairing has
an effect on contour and bring aerodynamic defect, be careful not to impair them.
When the damage exceeds 30% of structural member, the member may be replaced.
2.3 SPAR
Horizontal and vertical stabilizers and elevator have front spars and rear spars, and
rudder, rudder-tab and elevator-tab have spars. Any spat runs from the root to the tip
and forms primary structural member. The materials of spats are as follows:
rearspar 7075-T6
Elevator front spar 2024-T42 C
rearspar 2024-T42C
Rudder spar 2024-T42C
Elevator tab spat 2024-T3 C
Rudder tab spar 2024-T3 C
3-2
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2.4 RIBS
Ribs installed in horizontal and vertical stabilizers, elevator and rudder are 2024-T42 C,
and ribs for tabs of elevator and rudder are 2024-T3 C. Ribs for horizontal and
vertical stabilizer are divided into leading edge ribs, center ribs and trailing edge ribs.
Each rib supports skin and forms wing section. The ribs have flanges along wing
section and have flange cutouts at intersection with longerons and are attached with
rivets to skins and longerons. Some ribs have lightening holes on the webs.
Access doors are provided three each on LH and RH horizontal stabilizers and vertical
stabilizers, and two on rudder to perform internal inspection and adjustment. Each
access door is formed by cutting out skin and stiffener around the door with a doubler
of 2024-T3 C. Nut plates are attached around the doubler to install cover and the
cover of 2024-T3 C same as skin is attached with screws.
Fittings referred to in this paragraph include machined parts, extrusion and special
connecting parts for installation of parts.
c. Wing-fuselage connecting fitting at the root of each spar, installing fittings of each
control surface and tab, and hinge fittings for connecting fitting.
The elevator is all metal, mono-spar, stressed-skin construction with both LH and RH
sections made in piece connected by a torque tube. The elevator is attached to
one
3-3
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
The rudder is all metal (except the tip which is made of FRP), mono-spar, sttessed-
skin construction and is attached to the vertical stabilizer with two hinges and to aft
fuselage with one hinge. The trim tabs are provided on the trailing edge of rudder
and balance weight is installed on the leading edge of elevator to balance surface.
Rudder is operated by control mechanism connected to torque tube and trim tab is
NOTE
2.9 FILLET
The fillet consists of a part of dorsal fin on portion of aft fuselage, horizontal
the upper
stabilizer leading edge fillet and vertical stabilizer fillet, and is used for aerodynamic
fairing. Vertical stabilizer fillet is made of 2024 aluminum alloy, and dorsal fin is
made of FRP.
3-4
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The diagrams presenting type and gage of material for the empennage components are
given in figure 2 thru 10 as a guide to know the areas required to repair normally.
3-5
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4.1.1 SKIN
The following damages can be handled as minor ones and left as they are or repaired
within applicable limits. (See Fig 11)
(a)Scratches and nicks may be left provided they are within 10% of thickness and
core is not exposed.
NOTE
(b) Smooth dents less than 1 in. in diameter or less than 0.04 in, in depth which can be
blended out without crack, may be left as, or repaired.
(c)Sharp damage with small hole should be smoothed up with a drill 3/16 in.
maximum and plugged with a rivet. If the same damages more than two exist
within 4 inches, rivet space or edge distance should be more than 2D. (D: rivet
diameter)
(d) Short cracks from the edge of skin should be stop-drilled and edge distance should
be more than 1.5D. (D: rivet diameter)
(e) For dents more than 0.04-0.12 in. in depth, take necessary action in accordance
with Fig 11 "Limits for negligible damage".
4.1.2 LONGERON
3-6
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(b) Bends or dents of flange which do not cause deformation of contour, due to
(c) Nicks in edge of flange which do not extend beyond bend radius may be
permissible if the distance from adjacent rivets is more than 1.5D. (D: rivet
diameter)
(d) Damages which are repairable without loss of more than 5% of material section,
need not be repaired with stiffener.
NOTE
4.2 SPAR
Since spar is the most important structural member, much attention should be paid
when making repair spar. Alignment is especially required on spar, such repair as
on
affecting basic contour should not be applied. Machined parts and extrusions should
be replaced by minimum unit except ones repairable with minor hand work. The part
damage or which extends over 20-30%, should be replaced by minimum unit. The
following damages within the limits mentioned below are considered as slight
damages and can be repaired slightly or left as they are.
(1) Scratches and nicks on webs not exceeding 10% of material thickness and smooth
dents on the flat surface not extending to the edge of the member.
(2) Smooth dent on flange which is less than 0.06 in. in depth and distance to adjacent
rivet, edge or bend radius is more than 1.5D. (D: rivet diameter)
4.3 RIB
Damages on rib have an effect on contour in many cases, so repair of rib should be
deformations. When rib is damaged more than 30%, it must be replaced. When
making repair on ribs, parts of each system crossing ribs and their range of movement
should be taken into consideration before deciding method or repair and shape of
repairing material.
Most damages on access doors are caused by tools on the edge of doors and adjacent
skins. Damages on cover are easily corrected by replacing with new one.
3-7
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4.5 FITTINGS
scratches or nicks can be repaired by simple hand work, but surface treatment for
corrosion must be performed sufficiently. (See Fig 11)
3-8
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
10
6 7
2. Fillet 8. Elevator
5. Ruddertab
6. Fillet
3-9
1H.STA’H.STA‘
H.STA H.STA H.STA H.STA H.STA H.STA H.STA’ H.STA H.STA H.STA~ H.STAYH.STA‘ H.STP;
2320 2140 2000 1790 1640 1480 1320 1160 290 153/\ 0
28 1 I I I I I L
2 c
26 1;
1
63 24 cn
141 B 50 54
-n
1A 39 58 7 a
a. 12
5 c
ru Section A-A g 60 O
38 ~2 m
61 -1
I
36~ it: ii C
13
oX1
o
v,
ii;
Front spar _,__
ss B
:I
11 p$
42 51 cn
r
I,
a
O
ET ii
I~ i 31A
ij5 a
Rear spar
ii ;I 52 pz
a~ S
r
O
37
56 47 45
43
33 8 30 4 10 11 5349 5 25 19 48
34 64
13 i51 44 21 29
2~ 355
40 27 41
17 31
58
57
2 4~
3 o
Section B-B
klU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2- i. 01OA-21059-5(-6) 2024-T42 C
Plate´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 0.020
1A 01OA-21059-7(-8) 2024-T42 C
Plate´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 0.020
2. 010A-2 i 058-5 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.020 A
01OA-21058-9 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.020 B
3. 010A-21058-7 Rib 2024-’742 C 0.020
4. 01OA-21013-7 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025 C
017A-21013-7 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.020 D
5. 01OA-21009-9 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.020
6. 010A-21059-3(-4j Rib 2024-742 C 0.025
7. 010A-21058-3(-4) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025
8. 010A-2105s Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025 A
01OA-21056-3 Rib 2024-~42 C 0.025 B
9. o1OA-21055-5(-6) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025
10. 01OA-21013-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0;025
ii. 01OA-21054-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0. 025 E
o1OA-21054-7(-8) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025 F
12. 01OA-21054-5(-6) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025
13. 010A-21011-7 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025
14. 010A-21011-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025 E
010A-21011-9(-10) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025 F
15. 01OA-21053-3 Rib 2024-742 C 0. 025
Is. o1OA-21053-5(-6) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025
17. 01OA-21009-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.020
18. 01OA-21052-5(-6) Rib 2024-+42 C 0.025
19. 01OA-210s7-5 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025
20. 01OA-21051-5(-6) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.025
21. 01OA-21065-3 Rib 2024-~42 C 0.025
23. 01OA-21072 Rib 2Q24-T42 C 0.025
24. 01OA-21052-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.032
25. 01OA-21052-7(-8) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.032
010A-21 052-9(-1 0) Rib 2024-t42 C 0.032
26. 01OA-21067-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.032
27. 010A-21051-3 Rib 2024-r42 C 0.032
28. or OA-2 i 057-1 (-2) Rib 2024-T42 C 0.032
29. 01OA-21065-5(-6) Stiffener´• 2024-T42 C 0.032
30. 01OA-21055-3 2024-T42 C 0.040 A
01OA-21055-7 Stiffener´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 2024-T42 C 0.040 8
31. 01OA-210s4-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.040
olOA-21064-5(-6) Stiffener´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 2024-T42 C 0.040
32. 01OA-210s3-3 Rib 2024-T42 C 0.040
33. 010A-21060 Spar 2024-T42 C 0.025
34. 01OA-21036 Spar 2024-T42 C 0.032
35. 01OA-21073-3 Spar 2024-T42 C 0.160
36. 01OA-2i089 Spar 2024-T42 C 0.190
37. 010A-21001 -105(-106) Upperskin´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 2024-r3 C 0.020 G
010A-21001-117(-11 8) Upperskin´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 2024-T3 C 0.020 H
010A-21 001-119(-120) Upperskin´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´• 2024-T3 C 0.020 J
3-11
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-12
AllU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE A, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 422, S/N 501 THRU 770
B, S/N 423 AND UP, S/N 771 AND UP
C, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 110
D, S/N 111 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
E, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 164, S/N 384 AND UP,
S/N 742 AND UP
F, S/N 165 THRU 383, S/N 501 THRU 741
G, S/N4ANDUP
H, S/N 101 THRU 383, S/N 501 THRU 741
J, S/N 742 AND UP
K, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 455, S/N 501 THRU 1524
L, S/N 456 AND UP, S/N 1525 AND UP
M, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 164
P, S/N 165 THRU 267, S/N 269 THRU 367, S/N 501 THRU 715
Q, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 214, S/N 501 THRU 522
R, S/N 215 AND UP, S/N 523 AND UP
S, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 224, S/N 510 THRU 542
T, SIN 225 AND UP, S/N 543 AND UP
U, S/N 252 AND UP, S/N 578 AND UP
V, S/N 236 AND UP, S/N 560 AND UP
W, S/N 165 THRU 267, S/N 269 THRU 383,
SIN 501 THRU 741
X, S/N268
3-13
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3:31j 32 27 38
srA 28
V.STA 16
2190
STA 19
17
64
V.STA
2020 STA
3 ´•;rc~.
~.STA 8
1850 45
V.STA 21A
1690 20
.STA O
1500
25
33i~v.sTA
50A F
30
~.STA 54 22A 21
II :i
11
~t 50
Z
65 -42
;i- 261
14 ‘k 63
.~´•ir:
40 13
61 ’46
W.P 765
5’2 W.P 720
57
8 62
55 36
53
52 47 48 49 51
3-14
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-15
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-16
MU-2 STRUCfURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/NBTHRU12
B, S/NSTHRU27
C, S/N 13 AND UP, S1N 101 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
D, S/N 13 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 328, S/N 501 THRU 673
E, S/N 329 AND UP, S/N 674 AND UP
F, S/N 4 THRU 27
G, S/N 28 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP
I-i, S/N 501 AND UP
J, SIN 5, 8 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP
K, S/N 28 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
L, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP
M, S/N 8 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 365, S/N 501 THRU 560
N, S/N 366 AND UP, S/N 561 AND UP
P, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 309, S/N 501 THRU 635
Q, S/N 310 AND UP, S/N 636 AND UP
R, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 164, S/N 501, S/N 502
S, S/N 165 AND UP, S/N 503 AND UP
T, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 164
U, S/N 165 AND UP
V, S/N 135 AND UP
3-17
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2P 25
68
67
I~
I’
Ii 1;1
II _
L,L
o I I I I I I I I I O
I I I I I I I I I r(
52 51 4:
d 51 53 62 29 63 64 65 66
to
Tab Detail ~C
3:
S/N 215 and up
S/N 501 and up
7311 H.STA
8 37 1995
61
9
34, 1 II 1 /24 1838
10 11
6 25
as
121 2 39
19
1: 40 45
so~U´• 29
-T ~:1111 iI 0
47
55 33 ;j III ii
17
28
ij II~
I
II~
I 35
I, I:
13
56
41 43
3
54 49 27 26 58 48 42 23 ;,iz 16 j2 L5 3 14 21
44 69
54A 36 60 59
H.STA’ H.STA
840/ \1790
3-18
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR I~ANUAL
3-19
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-20
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-21
CR~.
4a~
17
595 tP~
I!\J218 11 19 c
co
1 r;
cn 2 20
a
6 1 16
1 14
ac 7 5
8 mi c
23 ~Z 2
co
24
10 -I
i:"
pr 3 43
O
B
cr
\\\\g 53 ’i r
a
´•z m
45 z
z
P 6 55
P
-6
7 aL
i /30 29 a
c
Spar ref line 371\1\ 1\ Il_td
35 r
36
27 28 25 31561/ /147111""1 1 132 52 42 1 1 39 40 54 1
33 1 34 56
49 41
50 38
26
B
V.STA V.STA V.STA V.STA o,
V.SrA v.s-rn
Y.STA
42.2
8--t-~:
V.STA .STA
V.STA .STA
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR ~IIIANUAL
3-23
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
iiif -60
NOTE: A, S/N4THRU 12
B, S/N 8 THRU 12
3-24
L
9 c
13 27
3 r;
-n
s
36
co 51 30
11 5
io 12 1 a
33 c
a 6 5 2 42
c
a
7 5 I:
a 34 35 mi C
(D
a
3 28 o r
a 43
Spar ref line
X~ a
6a 4
m
e a
43 E 44 ol
s 45
a,
81~ r
p,
a
ii ii p
z
a/ I I\ I II a r\ 1\ I I; I;
r
41 X 2411 1 23 1 I I 38 1 I j 401\14
kl~
221 21 20 49
26 29
39 19’ 46/37 48 47 31 18 17 16 50 I 46
25 1 I 1 )15
kl~
V.STA V.STA V.STA V.STA\ /V.STA
V.STA V.STA
485. .2 603.
~lg
3-27
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-28
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
20
19
21
22 23
10 11 13 12
15t;’fl
18 17 16
S/NS/N
215 AND
501 AND
UP
UP
Detail
A~/N B,8 THRUC 17
3-29/3-30
MU-O STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-31
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
’I
111
II
I/
II
II I
II I
’I I
I
II I
I
5
i,
II I
II
i.
’I
II
I
I
I/ I
9
/I
II
I II
I
II
I
II
I I II I
I
1 4 II
I I
I’ I
,I
I
/I I ni I!
,I
I/
7
I ,5’ 1
Iii I
,’1 8
I
12
I I ,´•I
10
3 13
r,
6
11
14 14
3-32
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3-33
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N4THRU27
B, S/N 28 AND UP, S/N 101 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
3-34
llllU-2 STRUCTURAL REPA~R MAN1IAL
FWD
3-35/3-36
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N4THRU27
B, S/N 28 THRU 42, S/N 101 THRU 234
C, S/N 235 AND UP, S/N 501 AND UP
3-37
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
O
O
O
o B
than O
NOTE
Detail A Details
X Y X Y
Horizontal 8 vertical
stabilizer skin 5/8 in. 1/10T 1-1/2 in. 0.12 in.
between spars
Note T Thickness
Fig 11 Limits for negligible damage
3-38
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
5.1 GENERAL
Making more comprehensive how to repair, some repair examples for the typical parts
of the empennage group are described here.
Repair examples are shown in the figure below, and the following cross reference
table provides the summary of them.
3-39
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
TRAILING EDGES OF ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND TRIM TAB (See Fig 12)
(2) For repair of elevator and rudder trailing edges, select doubler to be used so that
sufficient clearance can be provided between trailing edge of elevator or rudder and
(3) Filler shown is not always necessary. Doubler may be attached from outside
instead of filler.
(4) Doubler must have a sufficient width (or length) so that minimum of three existing
rivet holes may be used for trim out area.
For repair example other than mentioned above, refer to Section VI.
Damage before
repair
Section A-A
Filler
Repair
doubler
railing edge
3-40
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(2) Procedure
(a) Remove hinge pin which has play. Remove shim (010A-22103-35) from the point
3 in Fig 13.
(b) Locate the new hinge (010A-24021-3 or -5) at the old hinge position.
(c) Drill the hinge, using the existing holes and attach with MS 20470AD4. However,
when the existing holes can not be used, the rivet holes should be plugged with
MS20426AD4 with their heads on the hinge side.
NOTE
A, B, C and D.
3-41
IU
010A-22103-21 (-22) H.STA H.STA
H.STA 1070
270 S/N 28 AND UP 850
S/N 101 THRU 214 -‘Z 010A-22103-31(-32)
S/N 215 THRU 238
010A-22103-35 1-7 Z S/N 501THRU 562
S/N 28 AND UP
71 S/N 215 THRU 238
1./ S/N 501THRU 562
o I I C
a :i
(p a
n
(p
x
11 i
C
O
m
3 1
shown in A
/1 R airasshowninB
ReDair as shown in C
-I
c
Repair as
a
(P BEFORE REPAIR
Hinge center line p
O, shown in D o r
Elevator Repair as
n,
’P 4. 53 (010A-24021~-3, 010A-24021) SM 215 THRU 238 a
Elevator
S/N 501 THRU 562
i; 6.49(010A-24021-5)
H.STA center line i I I 1
270
Hinge C-F 10
i.
r
H.STA H.STA
p,
MS20470AD4
Hinge 850 a
1070
ton existing holes) k14
r
S 9.06
II ’R"f. Y\ I~--!!/ I
-.I
nj r---------.
t I
~14
r- A
oloA-24021-~
BCL;----/
I
C--
S/N 215 THRU 238
S/N 501THRU 562
010A-24021-5
i 010A-24021-
(1) Torque tube assembled as shown in Fig B, may be repaired as shown in Fig A.
(2) For ships #215 and up and #501 and up, these tubes are assembled as Fig A.
PR-341 or PR-1422
(2 places)
010A-24024-3
/-MS20470DD6 5 ea.
010A-24020-3----// 1 0.79
(Ref.) d.jg
Pig A ~--0.28
eliminate gap.
MSZ0470DD6 5ea
01010A-24020-3
(Ref.)
Fig B
3-43
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
PR-341 OR PR-1422
MS20615-5M 5 ea.
(2 Places)
Equally divide
MS 20470DD6 51a. circ. into 5
010A-22113-5(LH, nH) parts (staggered)
Equally divide cir.:.
into 5 parts 10A-22110-5(LH)
(Staggered) olOA-22110-6(RK)
10A-22109-7
--u.
MS20470DD6 5
(Shim)
(On existing holesl -f~ (0´•12
Use as
necessary to
10A-22109-7 Shim eliminate gap.
~S20615-5M
Use as necessary
5 ea.
to eliminate gap.
(On e.uisting
0.79 1 111 ~il 0.79
0.51U holes)
0.39
0.28
Pig A
PR-341 OR PR-1422
(2 Places)
010A-22113
010 A-2 2110(LH, RH)or
(LH,RH)
(L H)
010 A- 221 10- 3
L-- 010A-22110-4(nH)
9
MS20470DDG
5 ea.
MS20615-5M
5 ea.
Pig B
3-44
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
010A-22113-5
(new collar)
Shim
MS20615-5M 5 ea.
MS20615-5M 5 ea.
tin circumference)
3 mm(Ref.
20 mm
13 mm
S/N 4 thru 12
010A-22110-5 (L.H)
010A-22110-6 CR.H)
Shim
Inew collar)
MS20470DD6-7 5 ea.
MS20470DD6-7 5 ea.
7 mm
20 mm
17 mm(Ref.
3-45
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
_Dpubler
IC ~t 0.040"
thickness
g Spacer
g
Section A A
Fig 17 Repair example of crack on the horizontal stabilizer skin
at the rear outboard corners
3-46
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Replacement of skin
thatched area)
:A\
I;
I I’ .’i
I Ii II I
II ii
II i II
)I
I~orward spar
plane
reference
B/
H.STA
NOTE
circumference.
5. For the place where riveting is difficult, NAS1739BX-
XX or NAS1738BX-XX may be used.
3-47
O
CD
-n
I II __
II /H.S.
co l~p f I I II 520
)dedld~reppu
p,
I~jAdded)
n
(p
(D
Skin uooer suriacce only
X
1~024-T3C t=0.020"
o
i,12F00(outside) 12F0l(inside) Access door
(lower surface)
I;E
c
o (Added) Doubler cn
ifi 2024-T3C t=0.025" 12F01 -I
c
8. 5. H.S. O
1 co
680 -I
o i:
C
1 ´•i t
a
=1
ra
j o r
~J
(p
m
(p 3
a. vl
’t,
D D
311
o’ kl~ n
b
H.S.\ I I 1 Z
It--t--e--t~ 840 ~je
6
v,
~Je m
r
-IR rDoubler
g
Chamfer
for gap) MS20426AD4-32
kl~
Fill with sealant PR341
MSZ0426AD4-32
OQ O4
Section D D f~- MS20426AD4-32
Section C C
MSZ0426AD3-32
Detail A
B
MS20426AD4-32
-n
co
MS20426AD4-32
E
OD ~1 MS20426AD4-32
Forward spar
Added Skin
a reference plane
n,
o Chamfer 2024-T42C
g
(sealing for gap) Coating edge of t=0.040"
Section E E rubber boots c
o E
Chamfer for doubler 3 --5 mm
a
cr, v,
0. 25
a
v,
Section F F e
o
X 5 mm (cut m
o off stiffener)
c-I
F a
ct
o r
-i-
Added angle a
m
(uuper surface only) 2024-T3C
a t=0.025" 12F01 t~r
co
n, Section G G a
H G
~J r
o
Shim
N a
o 2024-T3C c
t=0.025" 12F01
r
S MS 2042 6AD3- 3 2
4 Req. Tighten with~ b
o,
H.s
fillet (Ref.)
840
L,
H
~t! -25 mm Fill with Added doubler
w 25 mm gap
sealant PR341 2024-T3C
Section A A H.S. Iblb
t=0.025"
oo
520
12F01
b at inside of skin
Detail B
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Added skin
2024-T3C
t=0.040"
Alodine treatment
Zinc chromate treatment
(inside only)
Forward spar
reference line
Existing angle
.Added shim ~I
NAS1739B4-3
8 Added
doubler20 4-T3C MS2o~26AD4-32
t=0.025" NAS1738B4-3
Alodene treatment
Zinc chromate treatment NAS173484-3
MS2o426AD4-32
MS20426ADZ-8
i. Skin shall be trimmed on the basis of existing rivet (mrked a After that,
make sure of no crack on the ribs etc.
2. Rivet shall be the same size with the existing hole.
rivet shall be of 8 edge distance and 23 mm
3. Unless otherwise specified, mm
4. Unless otherwise specified, lower surface shall be based upon the upper surface.
5. For the place where riveting is difficult, pull-rivet with bulb NAS1739B4-XX
7. Butt joint of skin shall be filled with silver seal (PR341) (except rubber boots)
Cracko,
r
u, H.STA
1160
cr H.ST~ ,jo,
MS20470AD4-24
NAS1097AD4-24
(upper and lower 4 req.
~14
w
in
Splice
Section B B
Section C C
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
*1 2024-T3C 1=0.032"
Alodine treatment, Zinc chromate primer
*2 2024-T3C1=0.040"
Alodine treatment, Zinc chromate primer or
may be made from 01OA-21001-135 (-136)
*3 2024-T3C1=0.032"
Alodine treatment, Zinc chromate primer
(S/N 6 and up, S/N 101 thru 251, S/N 501 thru
577)
ICPIUTIONI
CAUTION
Fig 20 Repair for crack on leading edge skin, horizontal stabilizer (2/2)
3-52
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Crack
NOTE
*1 2024-T3C
t=0.032"
Chemical coating with Alodine No.1200
1 coat of Zinc chromate primer on inside
"2 2024-T3C
t 0. 025"
Cut out line of existing skin
Chemical coating with Alodine No. 1200
Out~ard"r
1 coat of Zinc chromate primer on inside
0.3 mm
Chamfer BrL F~
1.0 mm
a
r a.omm
(3 sides) B4
Repair patch (*1)
Added rivet
NAS1739B4-1
NAS1739B4 (for MS20426A04)
Repair filler ("2)
Section B B
Detail A
Fig 21 Repair for crack around rivets on front spar, horizontal stabilizer
3-53
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
ct III
3 I---~ C
r/ll II
II II
Ij ii
iG’
f/
II
it I
F.STA F.STA
7500 8215
i Ji-ll
VIEW A-A
I I
/~Z g,
I
Y.STA V.STA I
1160 1340 1’
I
V.STA V.STA I
810 980 A
‘2,
c‘
;,I
I
I!
A
~C´•
F.STA F.STA
7500
8215
3-54
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
MATERLAL: 2024-TEC AL
ALLOY SEET
.063 INCH THICX
19
-t
4 9
w;’
1DOUBLER SURFACE TREATMENT:
APPLY ALODINE 1200 AND
ZINC-CHROMATE PRIMER
~vo
’3,
~i31
,3)´• I
I
DRLLLBII((85) 2R4D
+*B~ I!
I’
DRILL TO MATCH WITH CODED
OHOLE OF COVER PLATE
PLATE NUT MS21075L3 2 RQD
i t
SHIM NAS1195DD3XH 2 RQD
4- RIVET MS20426AD3-4 4 RQD
EXISTING RIVEr
3- -t
-Tii
,i
SCREW NAS517-3-3 BRQD
-t -e -t
DIMENSIONS: mm
DETAIL B
3-55
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i-
----c-T---g
I’ltll t
COVER PLATE
f---~ ----_----
i t
E -IrL1--_
SCREW MS27039-1-09 10 RQD
i~j
L---
.II --II ’I t t I 1 II I
DIMENSIONS: mm
DETAILC
3-56
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
74
54 0
(2 EQUAL SPACES)
g DRILL #Il~il/ I I I_ I I~
LORED
\t/ I I~
C4~
C-
CHAMFER
4x4
DIMENSIONS: mm
COVER PLATE~
3-57
SECTION
FU SE LAG E G RO U P
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION IV
FUSELAGE GROUP
FOREWORD
The fuselage group of the MU-2B series airplanes is divided into two types, which are long
type and short type.
In the block designating applicable models as described in the introduction of this manual,
the upper column corresponds to the short body series, and the lower column corresponds
to the long body series.
One of these subsections is applicable to the particular model owned by the customer.
NOTE
4-i
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION IV A
CONTENTS
Page
GENERAL ´•´•´•´•4A-1
4A-i
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Rev. No.l
4A-ii
27 Dec. 1999
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Rev. No.l
27 Dec. 1999
4A-iii I
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Fig 620 RH baggage compartment door (SIN 25 thru 42, S/N 101 thru 164) 4A-178
Fig 621 RH baggage compartment door (S/N 165 and up)´• 4A-180
Fig 625 Doorway-instruction door (S/N 8 thru 42, 101 thru 214) 4A-188
Rev. No.l
1 4A-iv 27 Dec. 1999
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The fuselage is of all metal, semi-monocoque construction and is divided into four parts.
which are fuselage, main fuselage, main-aft fuselage and aft fuselage, and
forward
consists primarily longerons in Zee or Channel section, a strong box beam keel located
of
in the lower area of the fuselage between F.STA 350 and F.STA 6150, frames in Channel
section spaced in approximately every 300 mm, bulkheads of stiffened panels, and floor
panels of sandwich construction with foamed plastic core and 2024-T3 clad sheet
surfaces. The forward fuselage ahead of F.STA 350 is a detachable nose cone made of
FRP, and the tail of the after fuselage forms a tail cone. The wing is attached to stiff
2. DESCRIPTION OF STRUCTURE
2.1 SKIN
The fuselage load is distributed to fuselage skins, too. The skin thickness of the
particular location depends on the load distributed. The skin materials are 2024-T4
clad or T3 clad sheets and most of them are 0.025 in. or 0.032 in. thick although
thicker materials are used in some skins or doublers. To get very less weight
thickness of the skins is reduced by chemical milling as required.
Longerons, keels and tail skid are grouped into the longitudinal members here.
2.2.1 LONGERON
F.STA 6150.
4A-1
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Each longeron is separated into forward and backward portions at every major frame
and connected together with fittings such as T-shaped, etc. (See Figure 200)
2.2.2 KEEL
The keel forms a box beam made of aluminum alloy at the lower fuselage between
F.STA 350 and 6150, and it is composed of the strong upper and lower flanges, webs
connecting them, and stiffeners of angle or channel. (See Figure 210)
The major frames are located at F.STA 2690, F.STA 3105, F.STA 3690, F.STA 3905,
F.STA 4660. The former two are described as follow, for the other frames see
4A-2
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2.3.2 BULKHEAD
Bulkheads are arranged at F.STA 350, F.STA 1080, F.STA 1275, F.STA 4930,
F.STA 5440, F.STA 6150, F.STA 8545.
The electronics compartment floor extends from F.STA 350 to F.STA 1275 and is
The cabin floors extends from F.STA 2130 to F.STA 4930 and are of bonded
sandwich construction with formed plastic core and aluminum alloy clad upper and
tower surface plates.
The autopilot installation floor extends from F.STA 5180 to F.STA 5440, and are
composed of the aluminum alloy clad sheet floor panel, four Z shaped brackets and
one hat shaped bracket.
The cabin baggage compartment floor extends from F.STA 4930 to F.STA 5440 and
the baggage compartment floor extends from F.STA 5440 to F.STA 6150. Each
floor consists aluminum clad sheet and 14 stiffeners.
The rear baggage compartment floor extends from F.STA 6220 to F.STA 6770 and
consists of aluminum alloy clad sheet and 3 stiffeners.
4A-3
~U-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR I~ANUAL
2.5.1 WINDSHIELD
The windshield is chiefly composed of double glazed front and side panes. The
front outside pane is 0.321 in.(7.92 mm) thick and the side outside pane is a piece of
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) thick and inner panes of both front and side are made of 0.0187
in. (4.74mm) thick. Each of the panes is formed from a piece of acrylic plastic sheet.
The windshield structural members are "the center post" on the airframe center plane
composed of two 0.063 in. thick 2024-T42 channels put
together back, 0.063 back to
in. thick 2024-T42 box type "side posts", in which the front and the side panes are
mated, and the upper and the lower "coaming members" of each window, and the
upper and lower metallic panel "skins" with properly arranged "ribs".
Cabin windows are provided one each an the LH and the RH walls at F.STA 3105
thru F.STA 3690 and one each on the entrance door and the emergency exit door.
Each window has an outer and an inner pane with
approximately 1.7 inch apart.
Each window pane is made of one piece (6.35 mm) thick rectangular acrylic
0.25 in.
plastic sheet and is 530 mm in width, approximately 430 mm in hight and curved
along the fuselage diameter. Each window is surrounded by frames at its forward
and aft edges, and by coaming members at its upper and lower edges, and is
installed on the skin with 0.050 in. thick 2024-T3 clad sheet angles and thirty four
screws
2.6.1 DOOR
Two types of doors are provided in the fuselage, one is hand operated doors, and
another is electric or mechanical motive doors. The former doors are forward
electronics compartment door, entrance door, emergency exit door, and aft electric
compartment door, and the latter are landing gear doors (nose landing gear, drag
strut, main landing gear, main landing forward, and main landing gear aft). The
forward electronics compartment door is located just aft and upside of the nose cone.
The entrance door is located at the left hand in the middle section of the fuselage, the
emergency exit door located at the right hand, and electric compartment doors (LH
and RH) are located in the major fuselage aft section. Between the electronic
compartment doors and the major-aft fuselage electric compartment doors, the aft
electric compartment door, ton S/N 112, S/N 113 only) is provided on RH, which was
enlarged to become. The cargo door ton S/N 147 and up).
4A-4
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2.6.2 DOORWAY
For FRP parts such as nose cone, a part of the dorsal fin, the tail cone, etc., polyester
resin reinforced with glass cloth #181 is used.
The nose cone is composed of FRP stiffeners, skins, and 0.050 in. thick 2024-T42
sheet angles.
The tail cone is composed of FRP skins and stiffeners. Foamed plastic cores are
The noselanding gear well is the structure composed with front and rear bulkheads,
keels, LH and RH, a ceiling which is also the floor in the electronics compartment, as
well as external skins surrounding them, and built to stow the nose landing gear
enough to sustain any operational limit load in the nose landing gear and doors.
In the main landing gear well, bulkhead, support and actuator stand are provided.
4A-5
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(1) Bulkhead
A bulkhead is installed under the middle electric compartment floor the BP10 LH
F.STA 5440 and F.STA 6150. The bulkhead is composed of a web partially
chemical-milled, 4 angles arranged longitudinally and 7 angles located vertically.
The actuator stand is installed under the floor at F.STA 5374 and consists of the
stand machined from die forging in t section, aluminum alloy channels and angles.
2.9 FITTlNG
Nose landing gear attaching fitting consists of drag strut attaching fittings and
trunnion attaching fittings. These fittings are installed with bolts at LH keels at
F.STA 442 and F.STA 785 respectively. Trunnion fittings and the LH drag
strut attaching fitting are parts machined 2014-T6 die forging and the drag strut
a~aching fittings is a machined 7075-T6 die forging. Bushings are inserted into pin
sections.
Forwardwing-fuselage connecting fittings are installed on the upper part of the frame
connecting fittings machined 2014-T6 die forging and
at F.STA 3905 and consist of
The main landing gear attaching fitting consists of oleo attaching fittings and leg
attaching fittings. Oleo attaching fittings are machined from 4130 steel plate and
4340 steel bar and ate attached to the frame at F.STA 4930 with bolts. Leg
a~taching fi~tings are machined from 4130 steel plate or 7075-T6 die forging and am
a~tached to the keel and the rear surface of the frame at F.STA 4930 with hi-shear
rivets
4A-6
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The front spat attaching fi~tings are an extrusions of 2024-T4 in C section one each
of them arranged at RH and LH and is ~ached to the frame at F.STA 8545 with 16
rivets respectively. The rear spat a~taching fittings are machined 2014-T6 die
forgings and a~ached to the frame at F.STA 9085, one each of them arranged at RH
and LH, with 16 rivets respectively.
The front spar attaching fi~tings am machined 4130 steel plate and a~ached to the
frame at F.STA 7500 with 21 bolts. The rear spat attaching fittings ate machined
4130 steel plate and attached to the frame at F.STA 8208.5 with 8 bolts.
(1) Scratches not reaching the base metal of aluminum alloy clad sheets of skin, longeron
and frame, etc.
(2) Smooth dents on aluminum alloy clad sheets of skin and frame, etc, not exceeding
0.06 in. in depth which can be restored to original contour without cracks.
(3) Sharp nicks which can be removed by drilling holes with diameters of less than 3/16 in.
for skins and less than 1M in. for frames and ribs. After drilling, smooth out the hole
and plug with a soft aluminum rivet. In this case, the minimum distance to structure
or existing rivets should be more than two times of the rivet diameter and more than 1
in. to the flange corner radii of the frame.
ICAUTIONI
CAUTION
negligible.
(4) Cracks on theedge of longerons, stiffeners and frame flanges which can be smoothed
out within 10% of flange width in depth, provided the minimum rivet edge distance is
(5) Scratches on FRP sections less than 0.008 in. in depth which can be smoothed out.
In this case, use sand paper #300.
4A-7
~U-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(6) Slight crazing or scratches on the windshield and windows within the following limits.
(a) Crazing less than 1 so. in, in area and not propagating, provided the loss of visibility
is acceptable.
NOTE
CAUTION
(7) For attaching fittings, the following slight damages on unmachined surface.
(b) Nicks or scratches on flanges which can be thoroughly smoothed out or surface
abrasions within 0.79 in, in diameter.
ICAUTID~
CAUTION
4A-8
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4.1 GENERAL
Some repair examples for typical areas of the fuselage group are described below.
Repair examples are shown in each applicable figure. The cross reference table
below provides a short description.
Rev No.l
27 Dec. 1999 4A-9/4A-10
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SKIN
WINDSHIELD
SEE FIG. 500
AFT FUSELAGE
BULKHEAD UNDER WING
MAIN FUSELAGE
FORWARD FUSELAGE
8 r,,,,
SEE INDEX DIAGRAM I~IG. 600
LONGITUDINAL MEMBERS
FLOOR
SEE INDEX DIAGRAM FIG. 400
4A-11
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-60
~N+I
ct-trg 26
11A
5133 21
Section Section 22A 11
27 23
B-B 24 22 13 14 O
A-A lg 37
55
9
6 6A
f0.005
~s dr to
d
0.05
i i ii 1 2~ i8 32 52 34
0.i 7A 3 18
42 46
~0.005
517,57A
r:k
o.os
20
44 1 31 3 12
12A 5 10 29 17 3 4 35 2
12B 18 r’
I
i
P
L.
’Lb i~E
ri:
ai
56 E G 53
54r
41 L
C
‘Ir´•´•;i~
_I
Detail G
Detail E
47 50
FE 4
48
4
s
~3t3(
Detail F Section D-D Section E-E
49
4A-12
AllU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-36A
4A-13
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4A-14
MU-2 SfRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
STA\
FWD I) f Inspection
door
Stop drill #30 2 places
0.32 0.32
o IB o\o o o o i,,,,,
Bo O o
-hp_!g_i~- d
Bisection (TYP.)
MS20426A D4-4 15 ea.
"I,t--t~-st,t t -t
-t -t
5 equal spaces
Repair sheet
0.040’’x2-5/32x2-9/16
2024-T3 clad sheet
0.02
Chamfer
tall edges)
4A-15
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
C’""
L.H side
FWD~
R. Hside
Detail A
2ea 466
4A-16
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIRMANUAL
1. PREPARATION
(1) The distributor valve bracket for the de-ice system may be removed, as required to
NOTE
(1) Drill out the rivets securing the Fairing Assy to the fuselage skin.
(2) Remove the rivets and rivet debris from the aircraft.
(3) Remove the Fairing Assy from the aircraft. Remove the old sealant from the mating
surface of the Fairing Assy and the fuselage skin.
See Section I, Paragraph 8, "SEALING".
(1) Inspect the Fairing Assy and the fuselage skin under the fairing assy for any damage.
(2) If damage is found, the fairing assy (P/N 010/1\-63017-21) must be replaced with new
one. If damage exists on the baffle plate only, the baffle plate may be replaced.
(3) If damage is found to the fuselage skin, repair the affected area.
MS20470AD-4).
(4) Locate and secure the
repair baffle plate assy to the fairing (refer to Fig. 193 (5/7) and
(7/7)) with NAS1097AD-4 ton 0.032 in, thick or 0.040 in. thick fairing) or
MS20426AD-4 ton 0.063 in, thick fairing).
(5) Plug open original rivet holes on fairing with NAS1097AD-4 ton 0.032 in, thick or
0.040 in. thick fairing) or MS20426AD-4 ton 0.063 in, thick fairing).
(1) Ifdamage is found on the aircraft skin under the fairing assy, the affected skin shall be
repaired in accordance with Section I, Paragraph 10.4, "REPAIR REQUIREMENTS
FOR SKIN REPAIRS AND BULKHEAD WEBS".
Fig 193 Repair procedure of ram air scoop (SIN 264 and up)(1/7)
Rev. No.l
27 Dec. 1999 4A-16A
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
(1) Place the new fairing assy in the proper installed position and match drill the attaching
holes (using #27 drill, 3.63 mm thru 3.71 mm Dia.) on the fairing assy from the existing
attachment holes on the fuselage skin. Deburr the fairing.
(2) Before installing the fairing assy, clean the mating surfaces in accordance with
instructions in Section I, Paragraph 8, "SEALING".
(3) Apply sealant, MIL-S-8802. to the mating surfaces of the fairing assy.
(4) Installthe fairing assy to the fuselage with fasteners shown in Fig. 193 (4/7) and (6/7).
If the fuselage skin is repaired, select rivets for longer grip length as required for
additional doubler thickness.
(1) Paint the fairing assy to match the color of the surrounding area.
(1) Perform an operational check per Chapter IX, Paragraph 2.9 of MU-2 Maintenance
Manual.
Fig 193 Repair procedure of ram air scoop (S/N 264 and up)(2/7)
Rev. No.l
4A-16B 27 Dec. 1999
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
28mm (TYP)
NOTE 1 Bend the edge of baffle plate along with the inside surface of FAIRING.
2 Apply chemical conversion coating. (ALODINE No.1200 and one coat
of zincchromate primer.)
25mm (TYP)
i
NOTE 1 Apply
one
chemical conversion
coat of zincchromate
94mm
coating.
primer.)
(ALODINE No.1200 and
Lii~ 6mm
Fig 1’93 Repair procedure of ram air scoop (S/N 264 and up)(3/7)
Rev. No.l
27 Dec. 1999 4A-16C
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL.
A. Applicable to the fairing assembly with fairing skin thickness of 0.032 in. and 0.040 in.
STA
6670X 010A-31704 (REF)
IN FUSELAGE SKIN.
RIVET SKIN AND FRAME.
STA
1
aN~
olOA-63017-17 (REF) OR
o
010A-63017-25 (REF
o0
NAS1097AD-4
r
AIRPLANE AS REOD
ST
‘C STA 6935 ML
STA 7200 ML
Fig 193 Repair procedure of ram air scoop (S/N 264 and up)(4/7)
Rev. No.l
4A-16D 27 Dec. 1999
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
A.Applicable to the fairing assembly with fairing skin thickness of 0.032 in. and 0.040 in.
(Cont)
i~LO
r;’
oo
mc~
NAS1097AD-4 8PLS
koco
oo
rrrr
oO
ilu
EE
fE
(r-TT--7T--
II II
,-i --~--TT--??-\i
II it
II+ II
i
LL-_-~-I__-
l~mm
t:; ---il---11_4’
15mm
li’li
E
E _f
i i I’
B I ii ii I B
DETAIL A
(When baMe plate is fabricated locally.)
t
3- 3-
E E
E f
3 equal spaces
SECT\ON 8-B 1~
Fig 193 Repair procedure of ram air scoop (SIN 26´•4 and up)(5/7)
Rev. No.l
27 Dec. 1999 4A-16E
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
B. Applicable to the fairing assembly with fairing skin thickness of 0.063 in.
STA
670~ _
o1OA-31704<REF)
M7885/7-4-03 19 REQD(MARKf)
M788517-4-02 6 REQD(MARK~
PICK UP EXISTING HOLE
IN FUSELAGE SKIN.
RIVET SKIN AND FRAME.
L
010A-317(15 (REF) I
I I )I I
6935~ ’~-ca
I C
010A-s3017-17 (REF) OR
E
04´• O
010A-63017-25
IPQ
MS20426AD-4
AS REQD
AIRPLANE
x y
I~
STA 6670 ML
STA 6935 L
Fig 193 Repair procedure of ram air scoop (S/N 264 and up)(6/7)
Rev. No.l
B.Applicable to the fairing assembly with fairing skin thickness of 0.063 in.
(cont)
cN
oo
MS20426AD-4 BPCS I ~a
pCCz
00
IL LC
EE
Ef
Inco
m~o
I/
IIII
TT ~T 5 I I I 1 It
-u-t
I t
i--_il-
I 1
t
1 I
LL--
15mm
1 I
ti __
I I
-LI---ll
15mm
II Iii
-ij
E
_t
D I II I I ;I I D
DETAIL C
(When baffle plate is fabricates locally.)
t
3- I -t
3 equal spaces
SECTION D-D
Fig 193 Repair procedure of ram air scoop (S/N 26´•1´• and up)(7/7)
Rev. No.´•1
27 Dec. 1999 4A-76G
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
F.STA 9085
F.STA 8810
F.STA 8545
LONGEnONS
~TA7200THnU9085 F.STA 8208.5
See Fig 203
F.STA 7855
F.STA 7500
F.STA 7200
F. STA 6935
F.STA 6670
I(EEL
F.STA 6410 See Zndex Diagram
Fig 210
F.STA 6150
F.STA 5875
F.STA 5600
F.STA 5440
F.STA 5180
F.STA 4D30
LONGERONS
STA3105TI-inU7200 j F.STA 4660
See Fig 202 F.STA 4415
F.STA 3905
F.STA 3690
F.STA 2690
F.STA 2410
LONGERONS
STA 350 TfInU 3105 I;.STA 2130
See Fig 201
I~.STA 1820
F. STA 1650
F.STA1445
F.STA 1275
F.STA 1080
F.STA 030
F.STA 485
F.STA 350
4A-17
P
(X,
30
23 34
E
22 C
STA
350 33
I;
co V,
1 -4
~Uo
29 e
26 1/ I I I
o
--1
10 11 2
g 25 21 20 C
(D a
5 21
(8
29 36
a ol r
25 281 1 I I 1 I 1 \12 1 I I a
v,
-1
29
1,
vl
"P
37 a
Os 7
27 3 29 4
38
8
4:~ o
’L
2
a
o
C
c´•;r;
E: 24
15 14
31 32 18 6
al,
39 35 16 17 19 13
ci~:l b
Olo
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4A-19
MU-5 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4A-20
r;
I;,
lu
F.STA) IF.STA) IF.STA)IF.STA~ IF.STAI IF.STA~IF.STA\ (F.STA\ IF.STA\ (F.STAI (F.STA) IF.STA) IF.STA) /F.ST
105/ \3360/ \3690/ \3905/ \4660/ \qg30/ \5180/ \5440~ \5875/ \6150
STA
5600
Z
19 40 C
Is 56 18
-n 17 39
co 51,52 49 29 3 4 I;
57 0 41
55 3 4? 73 83 78
50 43 62 76 U,
-1
ru
\I/ i i
6 58,5 O
21 m
-1
(D 35
2 79 ’20 C
68 0 3 48 31 ~a
a 6 49, 23 3~ 54
5 38 81
1
2 67 66 65 4 79 r
cl 64 44 36 85 1‘77
9 io 37 11
7 22 m
22 18
-o
71
o
cn 24 5
12 28 i
69 26 61 G 3
70 60 3 00
r 8 25
15 z
13 46 14 27 C
0
o vc:::l rn
r
cnlcn
72
G r~
47
gig
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4A-23
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4A-24
YU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N8THRU42
B, S/N 101 THRU 164
C, SIN 165 THRU 263
D, S/N 264 AND UP
4A-25
6,
7 20 19 9, 9A 18 24 12 11
6
--C~--
22. 1 I I I i I I C
71
r;
L
co~ I/ I I V)
~u -1
15
o a
I
o I (1 ~II I I C
10’ I I I I I I 11,1 C,
r -I
o 2 1 I I c
21 21A 14
co a
(p
a 3 1’101 r
17-, L I y I I I a
7 1 I r Ii 1 i I1I~
I I I I II I C-C--I a
-8~1k g
a
13,13A
s
I r
16
22
s 23 4 klC
6--I
NIU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR IIIIANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N4THRU 42
B, S/N 101 THRU 164
C, S/N 165 THRU 214
D, S/N 215 AND UP
4A-27/4A-28
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I
STA 4790 THRU 6150
Fig 214
4A-29
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
--60
STA 13 6 2 4
15 2
19 6 81/17 16 15
20
22
Detail B
14 1011 j 3 9 1218 ;O 23 5,5A 1 3
4A-30
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N8THRU42
B, S/N 101 THRU 164
4A-31
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4A-32
STA
22 2~ ,23A
p
6
p
3A 5
Detail A ?C
:1
C
RH ONLY
r;
-n v,
14,14A
cn
ru a
3
C
N
STA
24
i m 7
1275 2 C
26 12
a
a
111 1 111 11 I :~II I II, ~II I mt I all II I m
rU~ ,O
rn
29 4 1
c
9
1,1A QI~ E
0
a
13.13A c
15
9
r
21.~61 (11~1(1 1 111 Illl~jl 1 I I 1 9
25 j 9
16 9-ilk
cnl
10
17
27 1 18
19
~14
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4A-35
8
1
B I I 1 IIII +"’Y’ i/
N
nH ONLY -B
I
´•X ir\ 1’1~1
E ~6
1
s
i
i,
IY-) MIUCTUIU I~´•1II II*UIL
4 131 11 14
14 141144 Y 11444
1(OTE: Sil IM UP
L MI 12 Si* 10( TIWU lr
C. SUtllTRVlb~
D. LU 111 401 LP
Um
HU´•I ~TRUCTYRIL REPIIR MINYIL
I" I: a: I a* 18
~X
ii 10 Zo
21
is
i r,
~1-38
L1U-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR LIANUAL
JO lit5 I´•S~ I ao
4*-39
YU-2 STRUCTURIL REPIIR Y*I(U*L
Stop dnll
X302pbce~
391~
(*l-Xl)or
010A-31446-11
o I I I oil I cxs-X164)
,3 OI I X Fitting
O
O
01 ~J(emoveBtling
dunng
;inJtllblion
e I I B
o
P/~Si ;rhe~)
/o.sB nush
iii/´•C~?i ir.d on br
/I ~Uwexlrungboll ride
i II
,IU 1
c^ ANB-SA.(Relexevllh
F ANS-BAilgriplength
irrhon.)
B
i CrMk
c i
Iii
ii
i
it
.Keel
7
li-
L_LII O~- 2_ o
i. t- o^lOi,~
o ii
o
a o o I
Ng
Bu
iq Tnm to ma~e nth
Chamler Eurung
r cutautolkeelweb
nvets
(~p)
OsrA
Touch up nvel headl
*nUIAluMr~ed
luquer.
Fig 291 Praclical repair o( keel rreb crack (S/N 4 thru 164)
4*-42
6111-2 8TRUCIUR*L REPAIR IANUIL
a 1-16 1 -M I Q I -+M i ~O
JO I Jia I-an I ao
x~
3
k
;i
ii,
9 Use
eusting bolt AN3-5A! (Replace with
;I &i
i: PN3-6A if grip length v short.)
Crack
-i,
Keelnange
Stapdrill
L302 pkccr
Note:
Touchupnvetheadr~vilh
Alwniru2ed lacquer´•
Tnm~omatcwith
cutoutdknlureb /srA‘
pip 292 Practical repair of keal rreb crack (S/N 165 thru 225)
4A-43
YV-2 BIRVCTVRIL REPIIR Y*IIU*L
a (a ir I Js~ I-a
Il FWD
from STA
nx,
slrplane center line)
Existing mubler
1 --71
It
Ill~irdlubler
-i i---- Q
i
12(121-T3C
1;0.OG3~’
I o
a T-J
A
E
MS1W 70ADS- 24
MSZ0426AW-32
4A-4~
YU-2 STRUCTUR*L RIPIIR Y*IYUIL
at-35 I-a
N
1
F.STA 6935 (Fig 3251
(Fig 319 j
F.ST* 5180 i/
F.5T1 1930 iFig 318)
r
i i
F STI 3100 (Flg 313)
F.STb 3360 (Fig 313)
F.S7* 3185 BWDI*FI
(Fig 311/312)
4*-a5
MU-2 57RUC7UR*L REP*IR MANUAL
sal´•+la*lao
4A-47
t 0.05
D.W
?i Section A-A
~o 6
~Af E
i c
J U,
-r
b \w o
;i
i i
c
,1
m i
Y 1 BI t
t--8 i I ’i, a
Y lr ,Z /11 4
fkl91 i’
k;r~ ";q
,G-4
~3 lfl~t f"
r
sis
H o, os
.os
3: section B- B
u,B 1r-
o
P
Deiaii C i‘
iSIN IZI~HRU 1II)
I
Br\
ZA 28
i
’2 E
$1 X
vl
,,.4,
i´• i
-I
~s s
1. r
i.
1:
7 z
-i~‘g_A a i: ii ur.\
a 3 r
5-
\R 1 ii ill r~lj
IPIF
’Z
ii
$I$
Detail A
3A 14 13
8.8A
HU-2 STRVCTURAL REPPIIR MANUAL
4A-51
YU-2 87RUCTUR*L REPA)R Y*WU*L
JO I-SS 1-9~ 1 d0
44-55
MU-2 STRVCTVRAL REPAIR WINVIL
4A-57
MU-2 STRUCTVRAL REPAIR YANUAL
o
B c3,
Detnil A
4
io
8-
7
i
-~i_
~T 5
4A-58
MU-2 STRVCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
/1
)Fgg
Detnil A
0~"
(SIN 338 ~NL) UP)
4
4
Fig 308 Frame F.STA 1650
4A-59
UU-2 STRVCTURIL REP*IR YANUAL
pl-IJ~f´•3slJMlao
4A-61
MV-2 STRUCTURAL R~PAIR YANUAL
41\-63
MU´•2 STRUCTVRbL RFP*IR MANUAL
aA-67
MU´•L STRUCfURAL REPAIR,MANUILL
4A-73
MU-2 EI‘TRUCTURAL RIPAIR MAWUAL
/iP
11
I
s
to
4*´•76
MU-2 STRVCTURAL RIP*1R MANUAL
Iss*
4A-77
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPA1R MANUAL
22
21
ts /23
19
Zo
i /i 7
5 B
6~
cc
Cc
Cc
,e
ct, ,i,,
2 A 20
‘3
P i). 05
15
ii
Il I Y Section n U
iZ
13
14L--
-i-
I:,
section C c
17
De(lill A
4A-80
YU-2 8TRUCTURIL REP*IR YIHUIL
s la la IJH f ao
NOTE: A. S/NBTHRU 27
B. S/N 28 THRV 42. S~ 101 AND UP
4A-81
MV-2 STRUCTVRAL RIPAIR MAN UAL
131 :I-961180
21 25 26
28
39
11
B 9,
42-
33
30
15
34
35
23 10
36 32 311 29
View A-A
38
22
21
5 r
2´•1
41
Is
\16
1?
14
13
4A-84
MU´•2 STRUCTURAL RIPAIR MANUAL
4A-85
YU-2 ~TRVCTURIL REPAIR YANUAL
4A-86
MU´•2 STRVCfURAL REPA1R IVIANUAL
4A-89
MU-2 STRUCTURAL RIEB*IR UANUAL
41\-83
UIU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR UANUAL
-R
4A-gS
MU-9 BTRUCTURAL REPAdR YAWUAL
4A-105
510-2 STRVCTUR*I REPAIR U*NU*L
NOTE A. SM 4 THRU 7
4A-107
YU-2 STRVCTVRAL REPIIR Y*NUAL
JO 195 1 J(U I d0
2 1
NOTE: A. SM i THRV 42
8. SIN 101 THRV 110
C. SM 1I1THRU 318
D. SM 319 AND UP
4A-10914A-110
F
zs 9 7
N
9 6
30 7A
6A
4
kFi~D A 21
24
28
i i to
r
e
B
71
LO
L a
1
a
15
25 or r
ii
15 1 I i D
IG m
i:
8 U O it
’R it
u zz la a
ii le S E
.1´•
g I
17 ~n C
i ze I:::I I
ii is
31
i ifl~
to 26
8 i i i
7 ~9 ~ile
i;
Detail A 3 DetailB
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MINVAL
4A-113
UV-2 STRUCTURIL REPI)R UINUII
)FIVD
44-115
YU-2 87RUCtURIL REPAIR YIWUAL
-IB IIU1Q
NOTE: A. S~ 1 THRU 7
8. S~ (ITnRV 42. S~ 101 THRU235
C. SM 239 AND UP
44.-117
t a
C
´•n
a
k
B
a c
6 11´• 1
7
C
B
a
x o
119
m
´•1
I
t
a
8
s
1 a
4
a
c d
f:
L1U-2 STRUCTUR*L REPAIR U*NUAL
SIQI-IIJd~ldO
44-119
MW-2 STRUC7URILI REPAIR MAWUAL
11
10
9 8
I’""
A
~c-..
I
5 i ~-XZ\’J ii 11
Xi4iii 1"
15
4 ~3
19/ i
4A-120
IV-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
J1 156~ 1~O
44-121
M 9
14
26 24
/i" L3,29
)FCD X/ 10
L
c
28 21´•
15
II
view D D vie~v E E
6 67 8
c
5 11 O
m m
1 4 c
P I ~C o P
I yh ~S III~
8 11
_A
~I
m
3 30‘~ P
2--
-8
t
:E
~D.
S r-1 -6
bll r
L 5 Z
8 zo,zo~z c
I
II --1.4A
29 C r
12 ~4n --ls´•18A
13
3-
16 -3,3A I
to
´•21,21A,zie
21- B 2
Is
$5 15
Section BE
23
ii
22 20
32
22A View A A
Detail C
YU-? STRVCTURIL REPIIR YIWUIL
I ii I -zII II 1 -21
11-123
YU-2 8TRUCTURIL 112.211111 MIWUIL
I-U I ro 1~ I-´•o
11\-121
YU´•I STIUCTURIL RLPIIR YIWYIL
4 1-´•1 14 IU14
I*DU 4 ´•UIUU U
I b,
e
p r
PI
a a
a~-’s%a
Islr
YU´•2 ~TRUOTURIL RLn(R YI*U´•L
la I -Is~ I a,
Il
is
25
33 33*
3i j6
is/
~h
Jd/ h
ii
20 27 1018
52R12*
at
55
Fg Y)1
U-128
I II la aIal lu 19
rmnl´•
uln
MY´•? STRYCTURIL REPIIR UINUIL
Q::la-il~ ,-a~laa
~´•130
MU-2 6TRLIETURIL REP*IR I*NYIL
-’I 1 20 1 -00
130* ld0
I,
?il
FWo
iS 12 15
2; 2i CFyD D
2j 21
21
’O I-(I I-I
I IIIUIQ
I*-1U
YU-1~TIUCTURIL I1CIIII1 YIWUIL
I´•n x ira~
Whan dopth d rrafsn on *ndrhi´•id and sabin ir I´•~o ikn 0.0(0 in.. raI)sir ar
bllonr
Gl~nro´•lellB ROllOnlndurtrulCo
~lmmof
FlimrrlCLlm
naaoI
rampaprnn
C1 unding rnn 1600 nnd p´•pr in mt ´•M´• m´•nn~r P´•n (II
I~) Pon~rm randin~ nm 1000 und plpr inlrr ~ism mannr ~´•r´• II
NOTE
3 REmoUaI 01 ~y ´•*´•~i*L
(5) Wip 6o ~arrl t~ nr ihrr tlmor qnm ntn rm lIannaI stem *nn ´•m´•r su~nar.
GUI1E~ ´•IO OIU~O´•I( ´•1h 11 and irrpngon durt
I CIUTIO.I
CIUTIOLI
I*-IY
YU-I6TRUCTU~IL rl~P111) YLIYLL
L’I
18
20
12 21
rkp
oto
3~ i 21
~4’??,
a*
i
_b´•-~a
L
-3~L
N*ME FIONO.
Fig701
Fiplll
9 LII imding Oosr opmtinl nnch´•niam end IendinD lilht ´•rssu
6001
In´•tnstiondoor FiDB2JlnlYB2~
6 Fiigl mntrol 1´•ids´•d~. ´•*~rr end oIoo(ronlc li´•conned ´•Mu
100r
10 sofualoroooeU 100r
Is *nt´•nns dummy
20 *slu~orsn´•inasrcsrdooi
1*-117
WU´•18TRUCTURIL REPIIR U**UIL
ii
2_ 1 II~ h/ 1(
3-
I_
-iZ
8/
10
4*-138
YY-1 JTRYCTYRIL REPIII1 YINUIL
4*-139
UV-1 ~TRUCTURIL MINUIL
’D I II I sol
)rVID
is
11
16
Ib h 11’3
1*-110
UY-I llIIUI) YIYUU
III-I I a i~o
-n 1-I IalI,
D. YN2SIWDUP
5. 60( 116 TI1RU 1U
F. U1D UP
G. S~I1´•IUIDUP
U-l(l
YLYYIL
YU-2 S~.UCTU.*L.TP1II
i n
v i
1~
I~
7cl;
41-)41
UU´•I STRUCIURIL REPII~ YIWU*L
In I ’I
I-XY I-to
FipMY Uain landing ~´•r dog ilrul door (S/N I mru ip 101 mru III)
YY-2 ~TRUCTURIL REPIIR YINUIL
I
-’O I-II I 10 ~D IQ
Q luloD
11\-145
IU´•2 OIRUCIURLL RIPIIR ~INUIL
UI
Fip MI Main i~nding pear dog ´•truld~or (Sbl 115 and upl
U-lll
IU-~ ´•TIUS1Y~´•L I**UIL
NOTE:
8. Sdl 1~ *~O UP
UU´•2 JTRUCTUI1IL REPIIR M~gUIL
~a,
Fig 608 Uain iiii,liing leai FWD ~i lSiN’lhm 12. lol mru isii)
d*-(dB
411-2 ~TIUCIYIIL IIPIIR I´•*YIL
III~YI-
4 1-´•1 II i-U 16
mi -u I is
:ao :IJr:-:l-aa-,l~as*:l-sa
Fip 801 Main inndin(l paar NIO do~r (S~ (~I and up)
4*-150
IU-l STI~YCTUIII IEI´•IR IIYU*L
BilOlX I-)U I ’D
U-ll(
UU-I STRUCTURIL RePIIR WIHUIL
ii I?
5-
--(I
I/ 1 111/1 1 N jll
LI
LI II 11
i\
FipB08 Msinlsndinsoea~*FTdoor
I*-15Z
YU-2 STRYSIUII*L I~PIIR YINUIL
(O I-’ I I-iI 1 11
QI aL 1UIOD
U) ´•YI*YI´•E~ Ut I´•RUII
Il-1U
c
a, _i
-i*-
~3i
´•""’"i;
7:
;´•´•j
fi
YU´•I6TIIUCTYRIL IEPIIR YI*ULL
Ir I-ul~
23 0104-35999 omrno~-----
14 ~ng* 2024-T42 C 0 011
11-155
WU-1 ´•TRYCTYRIL RE~´•LIR
66*
II
lo---1WIII ill~--za
20
a--H 32-
15
L1 21
2-
12
515
36 IR nl n,
illi
30.11
JI
~10
1B
2P 37 12 g
Lfion
1*-156
UU-l STRUCTUR*L REPIIR UIWUIL
1*Iln
Z* 010*-52471
01011-52515-11 Hnpe--´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•
25 1)104-32515-12 Hinge-´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•
0101\-12616 Doubier Z02173 C 0080
28 010ii-82517-3(1) Sea lass 6061-15 0050
29 0(01\-32150 inner boord 2021-73 C 00SO
JO 010*-925~3 Sealhdderarly-´• 46
0104\-328733 P1´•1~´• 6061-T6 0032
01041-325735 Scdholdpr--- 0092
0101\-32573’ TubL´•´•--------- 1H
Ji 0101\-32173-11 SsaIhoIdprarrY- CD
0101\-325’3-5 PIBfB´•´•-----´•´• 5061-76 0032
010*-125739 TYbe 6(n-TB 318
0104\-1257313 Seal hOllsr 6061-75 0032
li14~
1*-158
MU-2 STRUCTUIIIL REPLIIR MINUIL
i i .~_
´•s
26
6 Il
O
JE
s~monc-e
B
vi~w*
spniono-o
Q-
xetion P-E
Yio~uB
~1\-16814*-(80
UU-2 STRUCTUR*I REPI\IR UIIIIUI\L
-U -16 i J6~
lDExnn: N´•UC
1*-isl
IU-2 ~TRUCTURIL REPI\IR U*NUIL
:I-~:ldD
u,za
L
1l 18
M.
Unlngltn(~
10
Is
Lction
1*-182
´•U-2 87RUCTUR*L REPIIR HINUIL
Q -I-SU;IQ
-p 15 l-2al-a*la,
22 23 25 20
Vler*-*
Qi i’ i
L7 liB
21 1I 15 11 15
ii; iS
-i
-B
-li
10 13 9 12 II
1*-164
YU´•1 OTRVCTURIL IEPIIR YIWYIL
I IU
I41-165
IU-l ?IIIIVCTURIL REPIIR MI\NULL
\13
10 11 12
(b166
r´•´•YY
´•Lrl~ pc
IIY1´•n´•nUIZI f
t,
bL C
´•O
_’~n4
rr
FI
´•´•I:..´•´•´• ~sre ,s
F"’ iL~C
5 FL
d
u.L*
IOI1IUIUII´•
~U-2 8TRUETURIL REPIIR HINUIL
I-II 1 111 1~
I~O
,,DI
1*-168
110-2 ~TRUCTUR*L REPL,IR LI**YLL
U ld0
1*´•168
WU-2 ITRUETUIIL REPI(R HINUIL
(*-170
YY-? STRUCTYRIL IEPIIR
1*-1~1
IU-IIIIUCTYIIL II1´•III´•IYLL
r
s
YU-2 37RYC7VRIL REPI(R YlsYIL
NOTE: 4
8. Srml21*NDUP
44-171
IU-Z ~TRUCTURIL REPIIR s~NUIL
L2
1J
i"
IWDIX *D.
U-1I5
IUII 81RUCTUAIL REPIIR LI~HU*L
aild;ll0;l:(~ol´•l": IN-:r~S´•i; I~
g:´•
~-176
YU´•~ STRUCIUIIIL RBPIIR YINUIL
i~Y *o ´•Ili~*ur´•rl
NOIE:
l*ln
MY-~ PTRUCTYRIL REPIIR UINUIL
i-(1 ill
Fip 520 RH Mp~´•0´• r;~mpanment door (S~ 25 thru 12.1(11 thru 18~)
1*-178
IU12 BTRYCTURIL REPIIR MINUIL
´•lo I it i´•pa--lso~
80
U-li~O
LIU-1 OTRUCTURIL REPIIR UINUIL
:~I- -I-DI
10
iTI
i ia--
ii
secaona
C;
soea~n*
I~-1Bo
IY-1 SIRUCTYRIL REPIIR ´•~NU*L
WlrL raWlr
NOTE S~ 185 WD UP
1~´•181
IU-2 STRVCTURIL HINUIL
k-i’
I*-1BZ
YY-2 ITRUCTUI~L RE~IIR YINU*L
UI uruu Rn ton
~´•1111
YU´•Z REPIIR YIUUIL
’D I ’I IUlu,
Q IQ I-X IUI~
P
.i
I
’j
FwlD)
´•II-ILU
YU´•) ITIYCIYRIL ~EIIIR YI*YIL
~L IIIU´•YI *YI
"121 I -II I 1~ I ~O
’Llli
i r
I*-18b
YY-2 ITIIUCTU~IL REPIIR YIHUIL
O l~b I-Y
~I I~*
44-165
IU-IITIYCIU~II IILPIIII´•*U´•L
i i´•-.l
i
PO I PI I IQ
I3lL IQ
NOTE: S~PISINDVP
8.
~-181
YUII L~TIYCIYRIL IIEIIIR YIYUIL
a a
Laa´•lwna~r
e’"
Y W
i~ngor one) 1
oia*-3z53o
s..a..
nmS~dbu´•NniL,
’r
li´•
~IP2
HU-2 STRUCTURIL REPIIR MINUIL
in I (S I 10 III i~ I 1~ I
I ;II
OOBS*LFIN
SFEFIG. 102
~a-----
1~
ac~ L Y
T*ILC~NE
SEE PIG 103
CONE
1*-193
IU-l ~TRYCIUI1IL IE~´•ll YI*UIL
-s I~Uls
plO II-YIIl
LI
LI)_
gI
aramn-8
U-(~U
I1U´•ll 61RUCTURI\L RIPIIR MINUI)L
I´•11 IU
U-IBS
MU-2 ~TRUCTURIL R~PIIR MINUIL
snp
,II/""""’
sRs
SHIN
S~ctDn I
Y ~s
110
Fi0lm Dorralfin
1*-(06
YU-Z OTRUCTUML REPIIR I*NUIL
-IO I -II I lo I LI I -n
ra~´•la,
NOTE 51~(THRV18
8. 5M I’i*ND UP. 5~ (01 *ND UP
1*-187
Y~´•U´•I
4´•,
.i,
IU´•2 IIIYCTUIIII YIYYIL
´•Olt
Larr I ~(IIYOUP.YNIOITRUM
L YN IY)INO UP
IU-~ 6TIYETYI~*L REPIIR YIYU´•L
(D I II IIIZI I ~U 14
1~ 1-5 IdUI~D
r~
~a
ii
8*IE*~EMBLI
I ´•r,.
ii *Cm*TO~ST*ND
1*-Z~1
´•U-2 8TIUC7U11L REPIIR **IU*L
Li II
-20
,JDI
ii
\r
1i
~*-202
IU-2 nIUOYI)II I~*YIL
IQ 1 I 11 IIIQ
1 i-I
Yi~m
MU-~ ~TIUCTURIL RE~IIR UINUIL
15
,j´• I
CI 12
10
~*-201
MU-I STRUCIURIL RePIIR YINUIL
1*-201
MU-l ETRUCTUR*L REP*IR ~INU*L
Yi
::´•O’_SE.iCE 5j3L’
I--liil ’i
^153P
IS)´•ii-:):l_ ´•I-´•´•i’i5 if
ii-
E::LE--
:I:
il-~i
i
NO NPME PIGE
Fol Fuie -oe mal:er ndcx d ajram 48-11
i 9 141 pracf ca repar of wriri ng sin i:fich ng the nin~e cf main mdirg gear
a:tloor mg.l 8
I i´•E (53 Rep-;proc~dure af ram a r icooi 1S:N 571 and vi: ~820
keY Nnl
~3 N4ML CIGE
ii ndeld-irar L5--ii
ii L): 4215-
Rlr Nrl
10 ?i -ii isi to
NO NAME PAGE
i g 500 Door and bocr~ay naex d.agrarn nS-l in
i_r 615 Doorway nitructon door (BN 101 tnru 122) 68-208
F:E 616 Doomay nsfructun door (51N 523 and up) *8-210
43-v
HU-I 575UCTURIL REPIIIR HINUIL
-SO II I sc I s~ I OY
The fuselage ir of a I metal. remi-monocoque conitruction and ii divided into fire partr.
which are forward fuselage. min fuaelage forward sestiOn´• main iu~sage middle section.
main luseiage after rection and after furelage, and consisls primari y of iongerons in Zee
or Channel section. a strong MI beam *ael losaad in the lower ass of me fuselage
belween ~STii 180 and FSili 7815, framer in Channel restion spaced in alp’~ximaloiy
every 31)0 mm. bul*haads cf stflened psneir, and floor panels of randwch oonrtruct on
wth foameo plastic sore and 202n.T3 sled theet runaces The forward furpbge ahead
01 ISTI\ 180 ir a detachable nose cone made of FRP, and the fit I ol the slier fuselage
Iorms a tai sane The wing is attached to stiff 7075-75 extrusion framer of
appmlimalely 1660 mm circular rcclion at FST~ IBi0 and FST* 5605 The
windshieid, cabin windows. and windows in the entrance door and the emergensy exit
doorare formed from one piece aclyiic pisrtis g err, rarpectirely Fuselage rider facing
the propeller rotation plane art protected by detachable se prolslion plalai
2 DESCRIPTION oi STRUCTURE
?I SKIN
The tulelage Ioad U dilnbYled to fuselage siinr, too The alin thi*ness at me
particular locaton depends on the load dirtributed The riin materials are 2021-71
clad or T3 cad meets and most of them are 0025 in or 0032 in misir although
miE*$r m*priB i am vied n some ~*ins sr doub era To get very iesr weight
thisines8 01 the a* ns is reduced by chemical m ii ng as re~uired
Longerons, ireels and tail r*id am grouped into the iongitudina memberr here
2Z1LONOERON
Maior longerons are upper ongeronr. window upper and lower coamings, sde
longeronr, and lower ongerans, and am made slelly ol 2021-T42 clad material and
clad maiera ir used in part The upper iongerons in 2 rection extend ah
Irom PST112690, one each in RH an LH The window upper coamingr in Channpl
Or Lee section mn between F.ST112690 thru FST* 6195. one each n LH and RH
The window lowercoam ngr in channel rection eitpnd forward from 1080. one each
in LH and RH The Vde longeroni in shanne aec6on runs between FST~ 150 thru
2690 and between FST* 6175 thrv 8895. two eash in LH and RH The lower
longemns in I section enend aft from F5T~ 8335. one each in LH and RH and am
forward and baclward ponions at every m*or tramp and connected together oh
liningr such ar T-rhaped.ets (See Figure 200/
18-1
IU-2 sTRUCTURIL REP*IR U*NUIL
so I I -Is 1 111
ZZZI(EEL
The *ssl forms a hox leam made ot aluminum alloy st the lo*er (usslage hetrrssn
FSTI1l8Iand 8035. and it ir Eompored ol the strong upper and iorer flanges, rPbr
The tail s*id is inrfelhd of the bottom of the fuselage belcen F.ST115325 and
FSTI\ 8615 The s*id maonined from OYXI in tLc* 2021-74 plate is inserted
bef~oen Ehanne irom 0.05 in misl 1075-76 clad sheets. and insta led to
the fuselage together x~ilh the nlfensr of 0040 in thicic 2021112 clad sheet or
FSTli 1Bi) and rST1 10210 Framer are compored of conventional irames in
Ehanne IDlfi~n formed trom aluminum a ioy sheets and ms mslor irames made ol die
loryings Some itlenerr in angle section formed from aluminum dioy sheets ars
arronged botxlsen irsmsr in orrer to rsintorse s*ins as neoessaly (See Figure 300)
231MUORFR*ME
The ma)or Irames are iccate at FST* 26PD. FSTli 1105. FSTI 1610, FSTI 1850
PSi11605. FST1158PO. F 5TI\ 6185 and FSTI\ 7250
(1/F5TI\Z690ir~mg
This Irame is made from J100LS 7075-76 eiitrusions and ir romporad of upper
and lorer iramer connected at the r flanger rlh memberr made oi (025LS
i0iS-T5 eXlrus on and unn onsnnels mads ot 0090 in tnio* a uminum alloysheet
The i anger and ~rebr ol thp tramp ,rp shemicdly milled to give varied shest
thcinssse~ Under the lioor, me connecting (mingr made ol 0101\3W65 7071-
16 Pnmrionr are C~uidod to sonneot the trams to the Xeei, and channe r and
Da,e~ ol DOIO in thic* 2021-112 clad rhplr are provided to support the tiool
IB-Z
UU-2 sTRUCTURLL REPIIR HIINVIL
II I -M i 1e* -eD
(Z/r51*3105lrame
Tn I frame can be reparated into forward and anerf ramer The lorra~ture age
and the midd a fuselage are connected hem The tomsm trams ir formed from
7075-16 snN6iOn6. and me mar trams ir formsd trom 0050 in thisl 2021712
clad rheetr, and both framer am positioned baF* to baF* and connected by riuetr
The upper and lower f ange of each trame have been connected with 010~-30051
IOliTS enrurionr or formsd from 0050 in thicl 2024-142 dad rheetr The
webs of me ior*a~d frame err cnemica ly milled to obtain rahed rheef
thslnorrer
(BiFST*lelOfnme
rh I frame san be reparated into forward and anerframer The forward rection
and tho middle rnion of the maior furelage are sonnscted hsrs The forward
tame conrirti of the upp~r frame fabncated from 30081(5 7075T6 enrurionr.
and the louerframelalrssfed from 1500 in mio* 7071-16 plate The uppsrand
the lower tremor are connscted by the connecting ang er fabricated from 10ZI~S
707175 enrusionr, and 0050 in 7075-76 clad rheel web connect ng i ater
The an frame ir fabrialed form 0053 n 7075-16 clad meotr The forxard and
the sil framer are poritioned bac* to bac* and connected wth ruetr
(1)FST*lgiOframe
rhr trams sonsiitl ot the upper frame fabncated trom 30DSK5 701515
enrurionl and the lower frame termed from 1600 in thicii 7(175T6 plate The
upperand the ower tramsr ars connoctsd by connect ng angler h*isated from
1~ZSKS 7075-76 eiilrulionr, and the web ronnelting.later termed from 0(150 n
l0ii-16 clad rheetr The die forged 20l4-T6 wing lion roar anacn linine are
(5)F5T1\15051rame
Thr frame ii compored of the uppP’ tramp fabricated from B005KS IlilS-TS
eXtrYrion, the ride lramei machined from 1075-15511 bar. and the iowsr frame
machined from 2000 n thic* 707116 plate The upper frame and the ride
framer are sonneaed by the conneclng angler tabricaled from 3007KS 7075-15
snrurionr and the ,b connecting plate ct DDlg in thic* 7075-16 clad meet
Thp ride framer and the lower frame are ccnnecfed by connecting angler
fabricated from BWI*S 1015-76 elruiionI and me rat connssting plaler
fabncated tram 0050 in thic* 707175 clad theet The upper frame har the
2014-16 die forged wing rear spar aaasn fmingr, and the lower frame har twin
ma n landing gear log attaoh finingr machined from 7071-16511 bar and a pan of
the ride framer ir ipning ar ii main anding Dear o so attach (mng
183
UU-2 STIUCTURLL REP*IR UINUIL
-(I I~O i ;U I
1S)FST*SBgOframp
This frame is formed from 31011S 7075-T6 enrusions 1\1 tbs top ol if fhe riphf
and hand sectursof the lrameamconnected rilh D.O~o in this* 1075-TO clad
sheet angles Botn lower enos ol the len hand and me right hand irames am
connected to the *eel by crosssieres and tne channels fabncated from ODSs n
This frame is fabricated ircm P(OII(S 1075-76 snrYsion, and the iefthall and oght
half frames are connected at the top and the bonom of ths Irame assembly with
splicers labricated from ~080 in 707576 clad sheets The (Iangss and webs ol
the frame are chemically milled to obtain vaned sheet fhidnerrer Under the
floor conneotion is made to the tsLI with a floor su~godng member and channel
fabricated irom 006J in thicX 2021-712 clad sheet The entrance door is
attached 10 ins LH 01 the frame. moss web has holes to accspt latches for Qc*inp
thedoor
(B)FST*IZSDlr~me
This frame I fab"cated from 3101l(S 7075-T6 extrusions, and to its cenfer
somoonsnl its left and right comoonentr are ronnecled on their flanges with
connected to a bu *head fabncafed from 008 in thic* 71115-76 s~l sheet at tnair
Iowerponions
The holes for the ent nnrp door latch are Provided on the web o( the left frame. and
the lightening holes lor we pi reduction are a
so on the right
ZSZIULK~IE*D
BY Lheads are arranged at FSTI\ 180. F.ST* 1080. F.5TI\ 1275. FST* 8025,
P ST* 88035. FSII\ 10240. and the buige inner beam from FST* 1610 fo FST*
5880
The electronics Eomponmont I1Qor eitends from F.STii 180 to F.ST* 1275 and is
comPosed of aium num alloy dad floor pan* stiffened by had-shaped crcaspisces
(Z)Cabnlocr
rh~ cabin foors eitends from FST* 2590 to PSili 8035 and am bonded
sandwich conaf rustion ~ln iormad plastio core and illuminum alloy clad YPper and
o*orruriacs*aler
484
UU-2 JTRUCTUR*L REPIIR UINUIL
The autopilot mna(latian floor eitendr from F5TI\ sill to FST116725. and are
composed oi the aluminum alloy clad theet floor panel. iii 2 rhaped brac*eta
Windmiel cab n window. and cabin compiemanlary w ndow are dercribed here
251WINOSHIELD
The uindrhleld ii chiefly compored ol double g ´•2ed frort and aide panea The
iront outride pane ir 0321 in 1’92 mm) thicl and the ride oulr de pane is a piece o(
0250 in (635mm)tnic* and inner Dsner oi both iro* and aide are made of 00167
in (4.71mm) fLc* Each o(the panel ii formed irom a pieseof acrilis piartic shest
The vindshisld strustura memlea ~rs’me center posr on the siirame center plane
SompoIed 01 two 0063in mis* 202(-742 channels put together baEi~ to bacic. 0063
in thic* 2021742 bQI type ~ride porfr‘, in uh Eh the front and the aide paner am
mated. and the upper and me lower "solming ol each wndo*, and the
2SZCIIBINWINDOW
Cabin windows era provided one each on the LH and me RH wal a at F571\ 3105
thru F5T* 3690 and F 5111 ~OZS thru F5T~ 1510 rerpeotivey, one earh on the
entrance door and the ernergenry PI1 door Each window hai an outer and an
inner pane with appronmately II inch apan Each w ndor pane r made of one
pieoe 0.211n (635 mml tns* rectangular asriis perfr meet and ir 130 mm in
"dth. ´•~*oximaiely 410 mm in height and su~sl along the Iurelage diameter
Each xlindol ir rurrounded by framer st itr iorward and an edger. and by coaming
atita upper and lower edger. and ii initalled on ms s*in with 0050 in micX
2021-73 clad theet anslel and miny lour asra*a
NOTE
IB-S
UU´•I STIUCTURIL REPIIR Y*WU*L
I Ir I i~lia
16DOORliNDDOORW*~
261000R
rro f~r ol doors am provided in ma fuselage, one is hand operslod doors. and
anolher is elerfrr or mesnanireI molive doors The lormcr doors am forrard
*snmnla Fomo´•nmant dear. ~nlnnra door. a´•D door. and ´•n elec(n;
Comoenmern door. em lne Iener are Undinp pur doorr (nose i´•nding pur. main
landing gear main ~mini forum. ana Nin UMmg 9´•´•’ ´•g Tn fonem
B161rmr~ somp~nmonf door b loatsd iosf ´•n and u~ide of In nae mr. Tn
enlarged lo broml The s´•~o door Ion 5~ 1e1 and uR Them am L noa
landing door under ihe elpnronic´•i Companmenl door, a sip under fho
enlrense door. lne main ~nling gear lorr,ard door in fhe bulge in ine melorfuselape
middle ssolion end ihe main ondiq pea’ afl doorjun behind ii
The.. ~oon ´•re installed mh l~enn tro guiC* iiroridea in their sides.
nr~gllrrh lvnnr a srneII gln~l lor cn~c*m9 fn r´•l´•r ~rmf to th
Compaed a OOU in. Z021-T12 Clad ´•0n rxller s*in nmfllrr´•a mn e a.02o in.
(8-6
UU-I ITRUCTUII*L REP*IR UI\NUIL
So I Sr I SI 3~L I 00
(3iEmergencysxidaor
The emerBsncy erl door ir remouabie from inside to provide an e~n when elit
from the enfianre door becomer impossible Horeu~i the emergenoy exit door
i. not remo*ed from outside The door ir rupponed wth lour hoo*s arranged at
upside and underside as well ar two bolts at underside and san be operated with a
handle mecnanirm The outer a*m is a chemically milled 0125 in thio* 2021T3
clad sheet Frame members am 0010 in thic* 202I-T12 olad sheets and nb
ih r door is nrtalled and removed rth twelve quic* iasteners 0.020 in thiri
2024-T3 clad sheets are ured in the outer s*in, and 0020 n 2024-T4Z clad
Thir door ir opened and sloaed by the linhge uith the nose land ng gear operation
The door ir mrtal ad to the a nrama with three hinger, the outer and inner s*inr
are oi 0020 in thls* 2021-T42 s ad sheet soot *sided conrtrrctoo, and stflenerr
1 DOZI1 in or 0 025 in thic* 2024-742 sheets are used
Tuo hinger are provided at the upr do of the door, and the door is opened and
oIosed heiore and alter the landinB gear up and down motion by an actuator with
iin)iage mechan rm which operates ndependent ol the landing Bear up and down
motion When ilosed 1 is looXed by a hool located in the lower of the ainrame
In the door. the outer and inner r*ins are made of 0020 in Dr 0025 in thol
2024-T3 s ad sheet and the frames and stiflenerr are urually made ot 0010 in
ihl door, rilh a cont nuour h nge at upride ir connected to the arm ofthe main
landing gear. and opened and slosad together with the us and down mot on of the
main landing gear in the outer din. 0035 in fhisl 2024-T42 s ad sheet. in the
inner riin. 0021 n thiEX 2024T42 clad theet, in the framer 0010 in thicl 2026
112 Clad sheet am used rerpect eely
is-i
UU´•2 ITRUCTYRIL REP*IR UINUIL
mia door is ioDafed on the ion hand furelage s*in slosesf lo tns pi of~r stat and
operallefrominsl~
I~iStep
ihe step. locatsd /usf beiwr the snf rance door. is lini~ed rim it so as to gel open or
2520DORW*Y
6495 and FSTII 7250 and aluminum at upper and lo~r To reinforce
me ran around ill opening. doublers are oro*ided undertne ri~in ihe erntrDency
exit doomay ii surrounded by a uminum alloy ohanneis, and the ups de and
iouerride of the ou(ert* nl around the opening an re nloroed *nth doublers ihe
For FRP parts such ei nose cone. a pan of mo d~rro lin.the fall tone, elc.poIyester
rerin reinforced lith glass c ~m *181 is used
ll)Nosecone
ins nose cone is oomposed of FRP sf ilensrs, allnr, and 0.050 in thic* 2021-712
IheetangIts
(Z)Oorra in
7he dorsa f n is rompoted of 0010 in thici 6061-15 theet siin6 and 0055 in tnis*
2021-7) clad sheeI stiffeners in lonam of FSTI\ 7070. and composed of alins of
OOiiZ in fhisl 202C712 dad sheet or FRP and stiffeners in thisX 5061-76
IIITV cone
The fail cone is composed of FRP s* nr and slffeners Foamed plsnis oons
(88
UU-Z STRUCTURIL REPIII UINUI\L
IO I I-as 1-161 60
I1)YPnfrdfin
The ventral fin is composed of 01121in misi 20Zl-T3 clad rheef s* ns and 0050 in
Ihii;* 202n-TB 01142 cad meet stiffeners. and is anached to me fuselage *nh
lm ngs made of l158K5 7075-76 eiitruslons
281BULGE
202n-T3 5181 pheel or FRP. itilfeneri and tramps of 2021-73 or 712 clad sheet in
1(1 Tne nose landing gear *el is the structure composed wnh front and rear
~ui*heads. *6616. LH and RH, a oei ing wnon ii abo the floor in the elect ronicr
nore landing gear enough to ourfvn any operational limilioad n the nose landing
gearanddoors
121 Tne main ianolng gear well is the structure composed xIh tronl and rear
~ul*heada, a *eel assembly whioh s a so the pressure board for the cab n, as well
as eilpmal siins surrounding them. and bu it to slow the main landing gear
enough 10 sustain any limit board in the main land ng gear and doors
29FIT7INO
Nore iandlng gear iln~slng fitting ronr st of trunnion anaching finings and the drag
st rut attaching inings and are inslalled with bolts at LH and RH Xrls of FSTI\IIIO
and FST* 510 rerpectiuely The trunnion an´•shing finings are maohined from
1075-75 bar and LH drag strut attaching ining is machined 2016r6 And forging
and RH drag rtil anaching lining is math ned 7075-76 hand lrging
Forward wing-lure age connecling iin ngs are nstalled on the upper son of the frame
at FSTI\ ´•85O and consirl of connecting lininys machined ZOll.T6 dip forging and
is-9
UU-I 5T1lUCTURIL IEPIII UI\NU*L
The ring-fuaelage oonnecting iming are inrllpd on the uI´er ran or the frame st
PST* 5605 end am pane machined 201n.T6 die forging
Main landing gear anaslng i hinge ronsiefe of oleo anaching finingr and leg
anasning fininge The oleo anaching flingr are machined 7015-T6 hand (orgin(i
and are anashed to the frame at FST* 5505riih hi-rhear rivete The leg anachin(i
fin ngs are machined 1075-T6 hand iorging and are ´•neskd to the Lssl and the
forward ru~ocs of the irame al FST/\ SSI1Swith bell and hi-lhear rirelr
The front spar anaclng fin ng are an enrvrion of 202(’1 in rection one each of
them ananged at RH and Ln and ie anasned to the irame at FST* 10210 One
each in LH and RH wifh 16 iuea rorps~tiuely The rear rpar anashing fin ngr am
mach ned 201176 dip forging and enached to the irame at FST* 1078(1 one each in
The front soar anarhing lining are machined 1130 rtee( plale and anached to the
trams at FST* 9191 wtn 21 ~ollr The rear epar anashing fininge are machined
1130 IfeeI olale and attached to the frame at FST1 gs035 rim 8 bolte
(li Scralhl not reaching the tare metal ol aluminum aIlsy s ad ~nsetr oi ~*in, longeron
andlrame.eto
121 Smooth dents on aluminum ai ay clad iheetr of a*in and irame, etc not exceeding
006 in in depth which san he r´•lorsd to original sonfour without srssls
(3) Sham niorr whish ran he removed bldniling holer *th d ameterr of lerr than 3116 in
tor r*inr and lerr than 114 in lor iramee and rihe I\flsr dril ing. emootn out the hole
end Plug with a aon aluminum met in rhir care. the minimum dlancs Io rfructure
or eiirfin(l rivets rhould he more fhan two mer ol tne rve( diameter and more fnan 1
1810
atU-2 STRUCTURI\L REPI\IR M*NUIII
ICI\UT
CI\UT
ONI
ON
neglglhie
141 CrasXr on the edge oi iongeronp, rtiffeners and frame liangea which san be
smoothed oul within 10% of flange width n depth. prou ded the minimum rivet edge
d stsnce is more than Nia timer of tne rvet diameter
(i) Ssrr:Ehes on FRP sections iesr than in n depth wh ch can be smccthed out
L6)5 ght cR/ing orrEratsher on the windshie d and windows w min the io low no im tr
(ai Ciriing less than 1 rg in in area and not propagating prov ded the losr of v I bi iC
sacseptabe
NOTE
ICliUTIONI
CliUTION
171 For attashlng flitngr. the b owing r ighl damager on unmedined Iuriase
(1) NicXs or scratches on fsnges whish sen be thorough y smoothed out or runace
abrasions w th n 079 in in d ameter
C/IUTIONI
C/IUTION
48-11
MU-2 STRUCTURI\L REPIIR M*LIUI\L
*IGENER*L
Some repair examplel for rip cal arear of tne tute age are deacnbsd lelow
Repair examp ei are rh~wn in elcn appiisabis tigure The cron rrlerence falie
below provider a rhon dersr ption
Window 191 Prasiisa repa r of w nerh eld and salln window panel
ReuNol
48-12 270001999
UU-P STIYCTURIL IIEP*II U*NYIL
1D i (I I-X1 I II I if I ~n i IO
10 :1 11 136- tO
1-;
i ’rr’
C(lhi bll
i 1-I I ili!ilil
iEi
L)I*(iXhU
ii’
i’ _*lil´•il´•
ii ii
I
II:
L,
i:i:i
i i
ri
i i
a
i:::
ii-Il; i:liiiii;n
ii ile
i i’ i
iii I:.
is
I
i
ii
r
i;
i,
YU-t IEPIII Y´•*UIL
I-~I I 1 I dY 14
Ii i I I r I i UI
*D~´•1
48(5
YU-2 REPIII YIWU´•L
lo i-lr oo
48-(6
YU´•2 DTPIUCIUIIII ITP1II II\U UII
Xln´•;~1Elle
r --1
~9 i_;’-1-
ij(:
c--r4 l:2’-C
Lr~TI; i :ii
ii ;~)I ~-L´•?5- D;_~e )12~-]C LI
01~y_i i- iillii -Tr
DI r.l- ~D2´•riC Lj6 CS-~
iT´•
LY "(?lylli( 5Lr N~1 iii ~a
aj olll 1´•;,;´• s.´•
Bi OIOL1´•tdil 5~.9 Pl~lrlC CW2
Bi O1DL ninl os,nia- 1121 rle aaia
II ns,ap´• IOl~rlC Oi´•BU
BP ClOl,~lnlls zol~rle ouM
P~ Oloi--J~)ell* J-ia.r´• ZU2´•TIC oCJO
ZOZ1T1C Ulii(
sOl´•T)C
jl Lr; 13211]C 05"
ci; 10PI-T?C
I) 5r: 2321 T1C
511 )C?~IIL
I-I1 ´•il i:ilTIL ::C
i´•iiii -,i_5-
6)i 11T-’1
i*:--*´•
ihiil -*I.´•
’1
´•8
UU-1 STRUCTURIL REP*I~ MINUIL
10 ~i 106 1611eL
RP~air erams e for irin*lei on hinge maclng P ace of ma n lending gear dr door
When *riniler are made on h ngE altach ng plaoo of main landing gear all door, repair n
,Il,rSzo?7uas.
aosor nnonupt
;li
~´•l*ZOd2sou6 1 I1I1 eiislino iiDIOJ
CiiinllllOlb
i8,.,.,~
a for milnlrlrlniillg
e~
Dd:l
’11
Inllil CI1I´•nli i´•d
iinrrhroma~r
pome,
’I’E"UI 111I Lhr riP i"lh r~rirnt ~n ihr
irci
oeinil
Cailnll´•riun* iiaublcr
Fig 191 praclicaI repair of urin* ing riin allach ng the hinge
of main lending gear all door
dB18
REPP´•IR
.UZ STRUCTUI´•\I
:e ijl
’2i)
MU-2 5TRUCTURIL REPI\IR M*NUIIL
ND
131peS1 !le Fa r
rj 4r~I and ire file age ri n ir*er:ne fair rE alai:cr any damirE
iii if CarPzpe I riuTd ine fa ri-F ar~i iP N r~r: ii .ez aceb ui!~ ne*
~ie f cs’i-FI exir:I on L-e i~le::i:e r; i i´•e T~’i i ale -ai re -~;ia:el
I;:;nd ;a !,e lire age Ii r ;e;a r;re -,cr:´•e s~ea
iii i i-~
Rei*RO-*IRCR*FiBKIN
RelN3i
4621 ii0eclr99
MU-2 5TRUCTURLiL REPIIR YINU*L
~II -)I I jU 1 do
NOTE
(1) P ace rng arry in the proper inrli ed paaiton and maf~h drl im sttLcning
the new is
noles ru~ing il2i dri.365 mm tnru 3 ii mm DiP I on he biriR a´•i~) from the exiptlnp
noler on the iu´•ielsgo r*in Deluiifae hina0
:2leefEr. nataliing he hinn5 arr~ iiean VIe rrsb~g in zaord´•nse ´•xill
i~ii in´•l~ll rin5 alrv to the ruleiase witn fea(enerr smwn in Fill tsj iui) snd (817)
tne ra
I the iurliags Ii* n r re~a red. reieit rveti lor longer grip length ss r´•guirsd for
´•dditisnal dourler mic*ler~
(S1ISLly’iliFI rest ar~urr lie (iilng sari
F g 198 Repa i prosedure of ram sir rsool (5IN Sil end up/(2ni
ReY NO1
2TDCEil54 16-2~
MU-2 IIRUCTUR*L REP*IR I*HU*L
-16* d0
ihmmP)
~L
T
B
ris
i-
NOTE 1 End M a9( OI sl´•I~ ~ag ~n(n innbe ´•u~L ~i niillNO
Fi0 It) ReD´•il pioudun d ram air temp (SIY 5~1 an~ upi(mi
RaVNTI
48-2118 27OCC lss9
r
MU-2 STRUCTURI\L REPI\IR M*NUI\L
-II I 1 -10
*PP icable to the fair ng arrsmly with fairing BL n ihidneal of 0032 n and in
(Cont)
i;B
HE
ZH
S--n
fl *+i+
t\
oETalia
Mm~n limp ,I~ I´•hanunee ~ralv,
IPLS
i ~ilusi ipac~l
6PL5
f C f
w
sECran 8-8
FiD 193 Repa r pmsedur~ olram air ~coop (SIN iii and ul)(iiii
RBYNOI
18-200 270ec1018
E
;-1
UIU-2 STRUCTUR*L REP*IR M*NU~L
ii i -11 1111 -1
B ii~p icable to the fairing a~lembiy wth fairing si~in fhicmera ot 0063 n
rcon0
C"
6-
P"
5---
II I i ’r 1 i i iii
i ,,,,i i. i 1
oETa~ c
2 aiY11 I~Bs´•
bPLS
f
i+ c
StCTON 0-0
rig iBJ Repair proocdure d ram a r isoop ISIN 5~1 and upJ(:lii
RLY N01
48-201 2i0eoi99(i
IU-2 ITI1UCIYIIIL ILslllll~*UIL
’I I
i
ii~: Tiii~ I
~-a
;i
?i
\´•,ix.´•;- i´•´•I´•´•
´•~!I´• if: i;´•-
1.,1
-;li’
-ii
´•´•´•e. I -i t
,1.
;.´•P L
´•I ri
I´•I
all
is n, L.´•13~M ~LL mi
IR2I
YY-I ITRUCTVRLL REPIIR YI*UII
I -21 I ´•II
11
IZ
22.
_P
Ii
i
i 7/-
~8-22
YU-1~TRYCTYRIL REPIIR IINUIL
I-U)
-S~ I-I
~829
i
.li
i
:-r
T
r I.
UU-2 STBUCTURIL REP4IR UINUIL
1B-Zi
110-2 REPIIR IINUIL
:s´•q-nl~
-so i-11 i´•ls~ I -~o
*ul
12-20
UV´•2 l7RUCTU114lL IEPIII U*NUIL
3a I 3r i ~o set
48-20
MU-2 OTRUCTURIL REP*IR MINUIL
~s
~us,
h/?t
-s M\ 23
z.za
r"
~4´• Y :,?´•´•~8..´•
i
t.,:1 X
i,
\sTa 3las
18-30
YU-I ITNUCTUNIL REPIIII YI*UIL
11 (ulml I la
9 OYII\-1I((X)PP(JO) oom
I831
MU-2 R~PIIR MI*UIL
-~o I Js* I -m
i h4 *i
~B is
3-\\
o a
s- ~d"\
18-52
YU-2 ~TRUCTUIIIL REPIII YIYUIL
1-29 11 I -~L I~
I III-I
11-53
YU-1 STRUCTURIL 8694111 YIUUIL
-11 I -U 1 16 IUIM
IF-ii
L1U-2 STRYCTURIL REPIIR I~NUIL
~8-35
MU-2 6TRUCTUIIIL IEPIIR ~INUI\L
Q
c;_
’"i
a´•p
(8-18
UU-2 ETRUCIUIIIL REPI\IR IINUIL
-Is I´•2s
JI i jl i rr* -~u
48-37
YU-2 TTIUCTURIL REPIIR YINVIL
I~DU *O WUI
4838
8 8 C~
T i
I
P
a
lo´•
g
I_-I-r 1 1/2
K L7-
-3 D
p i r I i L~S
i itll
22’
t~Y M 1815
YU-2 STRUCTU~IL REPIIR YIHUIL
11 I 11 I 11 i~lm
i*o~X 11
48-(1148-12
MU-1 ~TRUCTURIL REPIIR MINVIL
ET* 6175
THnu Is~i
Pip 2L5
Pip 213
18-43
YU-1ITIIUCTUIII REPIIII Y´•*U*L
Ill:j
r’]g
i
´•I)
ar;
i?L1
YU´•1 STRUCTYRIL 888118 Y*IYIL
4s-45
8
J* i
i
nH ONLI .*71A-I-d~lTII I:
YYus II II
B 1 I1I~ 1 I´•I
J ti" i
a
5
a E
21
k
13.13*
21-
so’
k
zi~ 16
UU-2 STIUCTURIL IEP*IR UINUIL
1-~1 1-26 1 i ~O
SO I-U 1 3~L 1 rl
NOTE: SINSOITHRUS22
8. SINSZJI\NDUP
C. SINSI)ITHRUBSI
S/NBII*NOUP
18-17
IIU-P STRUCTURII REPIIR H*NUIL
1D lli 16 11611-60
15
lr
id i
,i
~1
I’;
s^
Isls
UU-2 ST~UCTURIL REPIIR
1~ I-OD
48-18
UU-? 8TRUCTYRLIL REPIIR UIUYIL
i -II -II´•rYI-~O
18-SO
Z,liJ.I ~S;
II
a
I;
,ii 1~ ~a,
xR
’ii
YIB
I"
f’
1
I,
I s
F
as
UU-2 sTRUCTURIL IEPII~ YINUIL
IB-U
IU-I mYS~VIIC ´•r´•´•ll) IUULL
-U I-s I´•I
I-II I I-X1IQ
ne mJI-Pna´•J ahnr s ~4
r ~sDI´•Pm hnrn4´•´• ~ZITUC
n mocYYD) Up~rhp´•-´•´•´•--
~D 030161~ ~WL´•d.-.....´•-- PIIEIl on a~n
II 01011(nl PM´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•´•- P~E* on ol~
u molll~u ru ~u sn ~a
o c~WIM r´•ll--´•´•-´•´•-- ~UBIDn
Y mOLM IW-TJ C
Ib rmen C ona
a ram´•´•´•´•´•-´• lme~le oo~o
Y mJI-~YI-l MT (LOIO
Y D1DL-M1 UP-´•´•´•´•´•´•-´•-´•´• ~IDLT1C LDID
II ~D1)Ylbll hO ~onn c a~a
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
STA 7845
STA 7550
STA
72509
L.H STA 7070
STA 6725
56
88 15
STA 6495
48
33 17
STA
34
6175
´•I 11
3 69
19 54
23 70
21
I 1, 55
5 STA 7845
STA 7550
STA 7250
10
SiN 548 AND UP
STA STA 7070
7250
STA 7070
52
57
STA 6725
16
STA 6495
44
18
33
STA 6175
12
20
2224
2"
1 U~IIIAIMil59
R.H
28
30 351 (163~1 45
49 68
42 4
39 32
65
48-55/4B-56
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-57
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU547
B, S/N548ANDUP
4B-58
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3,4
1,2
6
~FYID 5
Fig220 Tailskid
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU732
B, S/N 733 AND UP
4B-59/4B-60
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-61
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
k
c
a5
1
~J a 7
48-62
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-63
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3
1
pYiDb
~je
48-64
MU´•2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-65
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
It I -i´•46 i
15
15A 6 12
19 13 9 28
18
13
11
12 22
5’WI
3
26 1
19
21
10 17
24 25
16 1;
14
14A 27 11
34
20/14
4 27
8 16 15
15A
31 27
32 io
33
36
37---1 Ijli
31
33
32::´•
32 30,30A
::~T 35
40
48-66
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-67
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR ~ANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU547
B, S/N 548THRU654
C, S/N 855 THRU 673
D, S/N 674 THRU 713
E, S/N 714THRU732
F, S/N733ANDUP
48-68
MU´•2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
t -n
-30 1 -35 -36 -36A -60
16 13
FhD
13
’q;
0.05 10
0.032
s2
21
10 7
15
0\ Lr
14
11 11
14
20
19 9
1 12
I L~ 17 Detail A
u;
O (S/N 687 AND UP)
18
48-69/48-70
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU686
B, S/N 687 AND UP
4B-71
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Detail
t3
~S/N 714 AND UP) 9
3
4
´•--O 10
6, 11 I ‘7
10
NOTE A, S/N501THRU713
B, S/N 714 AND UP
48-72
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Il FCD O
Detail A
7
Q""
(S/N 714 AND UP)
O
a,
9
a\ ~CJ 4
GA
4
q
Fig 307 Frame F.STA 1650
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU713
B, S/N 714 AND UP
48-73
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
11,11A,11B 7
3
5
Detail A
j\
7
5 1.0
9
A
4:4A 2
O
O
q
48-74
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR WANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU713
B, S/N 714 AND UP
’1, F.STA1820
’2, F.SiA2130
’3, F.STA2410
48-75
NIU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
o o
21
10
--C-Tz
10
I~
4
C, 14
1
15
ri
16,
14
16A~6B
I
19 -------d\llt---20
9 Br ~B
2 3
I I
18
’.7k;
15A’.1 12
24
15B 13 30 25
i I
Detail A
7 5
(S/N 543 AND UP) 3
View B
6
3!
26 27 31
29
32
Detail C
(S/N 594 AND UP)
48-76
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-77
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-40:-::-
-30 -35 -36 -36A -60
4 I
48-78
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR I~ANUAL
48-79
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-80
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-81
~JIU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR WIANUAL
12
6 3
4 (/8
12
10
11
11,
48-82
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR IHANUAL
48-83
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
io,
´•Q e:
12
to
11 9
12
48-84
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N523ANDUP
48-85
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
28
28
32
26
30
’13
33
34 ,29
18 27
20 32
16
25’ 14
11
31
30
17
33
12
r
3
8 19 /1’ N 32
21
38 ‘17
35 23
3 17
48-86
STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-87
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
10 26
25
25
9
25
25
11
I~
5 8
~9U( ,4
12
20
17
19
18 2
17 14
16
1 115 13
1 5
22
23
is 4
48-88
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-89
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
6
18,18A 1B
ii
12 16
10
12
9
3
5::
2
18,18A i 1 10
1 20
13
1 1 2,1 22~ 1 !1~15
4 11 I
r---
14
19
3
8
17
48-90
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
_
-t ´•40
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU514
B, S/N 515 THRU 577
C, S/N 578 THRU 730
D, S/N 731 AND UP
48-91
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-92
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-93
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
25 2
20
22
20
25\ 24
27 25
26
26
i, Is"~ i"
7 21
21
8 ~3
26 29 a
8
~´•9
23
26’ i2
182´•5
5
a 2,
14 26
3
16 \25 is
10 \/~V? \i117
25
13
I’*" 9 26
15
26
48-94
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-95
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
10, 11
15
12,13
4 1,4
5 1
48-96
MU-2 STRUCTURAL R~PAIR MANUAL
48-97
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2,2A
e,
j STA5041, STA5289
STA5044
48-98
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N523THRU532
B, S/N533ANDUP
48-99
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
35
30
17
21
34
33
38
31
19
32
10
4
24
27 15 12 I~MSI. ’21
25
23 1 _/ 9
:1; 18
20 11 24
I 1 14
13
37
26
29
1 25 i
28 37 3 23
13 7
48-100
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-101
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4B-102
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
7
9
r-
;P 4
48-103/48-104
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU730
B, S/N 731 AND UP
48-105
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:I-’~Fi’i i i l;f:-i-40:
-30 1-35 1 -36 -36A ´•60
17 16
20
12
11
j 1
13
22
18 ----3~\ 1 I l~jc-16
7 4
21
14 i fYL~4
9 i r" 7
15
4B-106
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU530
B, S/N 531 AND 532
48-107
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I I iasa _: fli~0:-- i
48-108
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-109
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
19
15 7
20
1811 a
iii 7
Is
~1 to
II
19
1
12
j
14
8 18
17
5 13
1 18
12
2
18
9
\p
4 18
48-110
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-111
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9,16
8, 15
~s:
:i~ 10
11
12
17
14
ill
13
2
1 S/N 506
AND UP
13
4B-112
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR AIIANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU512
B, S/NS13ANDUP
48-113
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
10
11
14 8
B i i,
12
15
13
48-114
I~U-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-115
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
15
20
7 8
21
14
16
1
d 13 17A
17
11
10
19
18
12
48-116
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU715
B, S/N716ANDUP
48-)17
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
19
18
13
12
i
3,3A~ 15
17
14
10 16
lo
ra
2/0 ~-Z O
~3
8
~1 11
48-118
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU512
B, S/N 513 THRU 730
C, S/N731ANDUP
4B-119
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR IIlIANUAL
ii ,11A
17
12
zp\~’P
19
)I
4 1~1
f"
1 4
9,9A
:o O
M
Is
18
Is
18
10,10 A
48-120
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-121/48-122
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
78 79 79 78
77 36 77 n Is
65
13
35
11 B 1 14 1
12
1’57 611 6 58 b~
6
E´•,
34 J
60 64
63
7 9 L~ ’4 /93
39 )Ij VI )11 32 1 1 5 11 4 37 1:1 38
54 23 yj 25 11 94 27
116
97
8 114 O
DT ~_____115
113
O
3 27 28
44 \26~ 11 24 115;1 \69
U r
\45
68
C-) 00
106 105
i. 67
66 8 102
99 95 5 88 117
90 86
O- 107 89
40 101 87
41
:o~ 53
80
:d 11 1185 8185111~11 52 Il \33
48
17
51
83
82 )U 4 112
18
19 76 ,1 20
48-123
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
‘h
49 46 ‘47
View A View B
~i--
71
72
0.050.03
73
74
View C View E
21 116 22
91 108A
92
110
29
103 Ids 104 75
View D-D
48-124
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-125
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR I~ANUAL
48-126
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-127
MU12 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU654
B, S/N655ANDUP
C, S/N 501 THRU 673
D, S/N674ANDUP
E, S/N 501 THRU 512
F, S/N 513 AND UP
G, S/N503ANDUP
H, S/RI 501 THRU 605
J, S/N 606 AND UP
K, S/N502ANDUP
L, S/N 548 AND UP
M, S/N 501 AND 570
P, S/N 571 AND UP
Q, S/N 501 THRU 547
R, S/N 501 THRU 732
S, S/N733ANDUP
T, S/N 501 THRU 593
48-128
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
o9a~
\Q
i~
15
7 -L~ (I
L:
12
1
11
13
8
1 14
I
3
io
48-1 29/48-1 30
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4B-131
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Ii
´•:´•j:e aii i~,31.8’’´•ii´•ii i ´•
-30 -35 -36 -36A -60
0 0 1
O O
O O
O O
4 O
5, 5A O
ig‘ 2
4B-132
MU-2 STRUCfURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU570
B, S/N 571 THRU 577
C, S/N578ANDUP
48-133
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
,5
7 9
48-134
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR I~ANUAL
48-135
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9
~a a
48-136
YU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-137
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPALR MANUAL
I
II I
~a
4B-1 38
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-30 -35 1 36
48-139
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-36A 1-60
1 7/
I/
I, I lTl
ii
I! I
~e
2----------H\\
48-140
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
se -36A 1-60
NOTE: A, S/N687ANDUP
48-141
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-II--´•5-:’’-:I.´•-~sl-i-:´•-f
-30 -35 -36 -36A -60
2,2A
3, 3A-----------~
o-´•
6
B:G
7 7
j A
Detail A
48-142
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU686
B, S/N687ANDUP
48-143
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
gO
0.188 0.188
10 O 5
P
O J
06
’~3 9 Detail
48-144
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-145
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
7n /5
ao
)C
1
..a CI~i7
11’ I rl I III I
13
3
2
MI n \6
9 \Y, IIIV1‘\1 n 12
48-146
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-147
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-148
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3
8 4 5
7
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU654
B, S/N 655 AND UP
48-149/48-1 50
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
V I’""
Cabin floor
THRU 7550
4B-151
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
20
FWD
12
Detail A
io I 1 ’1 I (S/N 714 AND UP)
16 1
n n
1
25
28
16
0\
28
I 27
14 1 I
15
A _I L~ I Il I I I II I I I I )1 29
20 8 181 1 ~I 1 3’0 21
7 19 24 22 23 13
48-1 52
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU547
B, S/N 548 THRU 673
C, S/N 674 THRU 713
D, S/N 714 THRU 730
E, S/N 731 AND UP
48-153
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1A
6A
Detail A
(S/N 501 THRU 547)
4
I ~A
3,3A
2,2A
5,5A
48-1 54
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU547
B, S/N 548 AND UP
48-155
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
’´•’l’l-i-"e~ .f:´•:-i~l
-30 -35 -36 -36A -60
i
r--v-~
,..1 u
r’i
A
rl
i.i
io
12 13
1 Detail A
11
Detail B
48-156
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-157
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
,6
I’""
48-1 58
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
LPP 5
48-159
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
´•JO:_
30 1 -35 -36 -36A -60
G
I
45-160
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4B-161
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
20
14
56 8 58
fi
44 3941
37
20 43
1I 2~ 1.
4 42
37 ,3
3
0
52
.49~ IY
51
24 i2 10
35
29
34 50
30
32 48 ´•s´•; 13
19‘12
i5
31
28/ 27.27A37
I 93j 21
15
37~7
23
48-162
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIRMANUAL
~$R’’;´•´•´•j
-30 1 -35 1-36 I-36A -60
48-1 63
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR AIIANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU577
B, S/N578ANDUP
48-164
EMERGENCY
EXIT WINDOW
SEE FIG. 502 r CABIN M?NDOW-F.STA. 6032
SEE FIG. 503 J s
c
WINDSHIELD CABIN WINDOW
h)
n
SEE FIG. 501 SEE FIG. 502 ENTRANCE DOOR WTNDOW
co V)
SEE FIG. 502 -1
ul
33
o I C
O
I Ilf-~ -1
c
3
P ~LI
P
m I O ii O
a,
ul
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
24
34
39,
33A_25~
RII~
35 36
10
22 lu/ ,21
8 9
24
4/ ~1,119
18
29
14 2
15
1
3
111 6
Is ;1,
5
17
23/ y~
26
20 2719 38
328 32A
2
40
40A 37
39
48-1 66
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-167
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
--28A:._-;. j1~0:
-30 -35 1 -36 -36A 1-60
4B-168
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
//i I~
)j
Window Glass Instl-Entrance Door
11 14
ii’
16
F\yD
13 12 15
´•r
=L--r(
oc- PL
2’3 22
26
Fig502 Cabinwindow
48-1 69/48-1 70
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-171
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I
II
48-1 72
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
When depth of scratch on windshield and cabin windows, is less than 0.010 in., repair as
follows.
1. Applicable material
2. Removal of scratch
(3) Perform sanding with #600 sand paper in the same manner as Para. (2).
(4) Perform sanding with #800 sand paper in the same manner as Para. (2).
NOTE
(1) After sanding panel, polish the sanded surface lightly with wet flannel cloth with
ICAUT IONI
CAUTION
48-173
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
f -i-26Alj ~-:´•I-4B-
-30 -35 -36 -36A -60
24
23
2 27 14 25 22
~3 o o lo
;3X 3 4 j 6A i6 19 20 2!
15 16 17
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 18
48-174
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4 Landing gear chain (LH), wiper motor (RH), anti-icer control ass’y
access door
5 Communication door (LH) Pig 613 thru 615
48-175
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:-.~I -j´•~:
-30 -35 1 -36 -36A -60
15
2 10
12
13
8
I
14
11
jG
4B-176
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-1 77
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:I:i´•40´• i~-
30 -35 1 -36 1 -36A -60
30,31 29
STA
3,4 25
56
83
79, 79 A
view B
STA
84 24
1,2 Jal
5120 -j-
j’_
52 1
54 -81
48 53
55
7,8
r-
20,21
44,45
18,19 33
16,17 32
10,11
~G, 47’ 1(
14,15
i i~:n
22,23
60,61 Ak 34,3j 26
66 76
80
67 77 R.I-I.
62,63
70. 71 36, 37
82
38
39 L1 ~A 12, 13
68 69
40
41~ 1 1 72, 73
42 ~P1 74, 75
43
27
28 58,59
Section A-A
48-178
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-179
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU654
B, S/N655ANDUP
C, S/N 594 AND UP
48-180
~U-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
24 26
22 1 I STA 5120
C-j
25 i 23
’~"L; nlJ
r‘\ r7 r
Ii a
--7-r----rr
’f’ iI
II 1 18
II I I tt- 12 i~----
1GOH---10 (14--1-- 28
4
I I
n I 3
I~c-ll 29 13
II
-L----lI
I
i I
_
LI-
J-
r
o 15 19
-~T- ____II_____
I I
I I
I
;I
s
II
III T---r--rt- I 1
I I
I I
I); i 2
i! a~t---7
it i i i i f 17----ir
Ice--9
STA 5830
21
IC‘i
I
I?;
29
a D i
to ~itf_
n-Io no
r;7
11-----
II I
O0
II II 1
1 I
II
4B-181/48-182
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-1 83
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
’;f :~t´•oli;
30 -35 1 -36 1 -36A -60
40
22
37
36
23
38 48
7 24 1
~ff------- 47
I I
;7 43
11 6
11 44
5 ii
25 49
A
I 45
~S I
I 1
I
d
41
20
I´•1Lj -I-;
28
10----~ 1 I I
13
39
I 15
r==
I I/
4´•r
L’ 25 11
19 View A
4 1
sa
17
8
~iu
30 %c~ 47
1
16
8 ´•12
12 y ,;‘C\, L
G~i u
152
i\l
G
31
b 33
14
25
34
13
9 46
35
View B
4B-184
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-185
IHU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR
NOTE: A, SIN501THRU509
8, S/N60OANDUP
48-186
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
38 11
35
30
3/ 20
l-j.
10 4
36
22 26
29´•3
28
19
27 23
25
21
32
1 21
1
9, ,37 12
View A
7~
slwiar 30
16
Is
~26,
8~ 14
34
15
33
13
48-187/48-188
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N548ANDUP
48-189
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i
i __
f- -2~- f:-40
i
5 1 2 6
R I I I n ,13
I---------I------~---------i-i?l 1 ,4
s---------------
io
s-
i----------i------------:~
15 14
48-1 90
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-191
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
STA STA
3 12 23 11 8
10
16
15
5 IH1Mrll I I rRltl I 2H
24 25 26
8 A
27
17
21
1
L
4 14 13 14 18 2
hiZ
Lining line
20
19
I
Section A-A
48-1 92
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR NIANUAL
48-193
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
a: sa -1;-26A -I:I:i~O_
-30 -35 -36 1 -36A -60
171P
24
16
12
17
2´•1
16
~CI 2.7
3
23
11
22
18
19
7
23
23
6 I
i’
13
ao
9 21
24
15
24
O
8
20
14 21
48-194
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-195
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-:-1-:I--~
30 1 -35 -36 1 -36A -60
12
nr--:n
CJ1111i .U I
,ii
G Ii ii Ii ii II II ii ii ii ii li;L 8
U’ u
12 U:.U U
J, \12
R.H Y L.H
11
Section A A Section B B
48-196
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-197
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
STA
STA
1080
4B-198
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-1 99
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-200
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
’´•´•ll-i:4o
-30 -35 1 -36 -36A i-60
48-201
MU-2 STRU%TURAL REPAIR MANUAL
~FWD
48-202
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-203
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1
3
I
.J
9
´•_
5,6 8
48-204
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPArR MANUAL
30
48-205
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:In -s~
II
cH8
a
II
!I
c
80
j
c
o olio,y I
Q
48-206
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-207
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
30
:ZfX~
7 1
48-208
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU522
48-209
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
7
Ilp~g
a~UC-5
I rlJI\ O~
4B-210
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, SIN523ANDUP
B, S/N736ANDUP
48-211
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
When engagement of key lock pin and bushing on door side is little readjust by conforming
to the following procedure.
When the door skin is scratched with the key lock pin, repair it by standard repair method.
Lock assembly
Pin
(Replaced by
lonser if Gearbox assembly
Bushing
one)~ 010A-32530
(Replaced by
i; ~I=
Procedure
1. Put handle key into the lock assembly, pushing it (stroke 0.2 in.), turn to the right 90’
(If turned 180’ the door is in lock condition and the handle key can be removed.)
Insert a small pin (even a drill will do)less than 1/16" in diameter, into the hole on the
side of handle assembly and disassemble the lock assembly.
door side becomes more than 0.08 in.. If the longer pin comes in contact with the
skin when the door is opened, replace the bushing by flanged one.
48-212
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR FnANUAL
TAIL CONE
NOSE CONE
SEE FIG. 701
48-213
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
12
3 10
BCilJ-)B
11
9 view A
a
13
2 Section B B
48-214
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-215
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
iii
’’a5: .lif´•qp
-30 -35 1 -36 -36A -60
00
2 q-------1
i. J
48-216
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-217
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9 8
15
5 1 X ;I
10
13
11 8:
11111 l-ni,’!~
6 P L,
III
II
12
-;7~
In
1 I-
I I
uir Il
1
YI-
(II
111 I
\I I’
16
Gi/ 1 2
48-218
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-219
MU´•2 STRUCfURAL REPA(R MANUAL
ii
112 I:1
5
ZI~---11 16 1’I
I
4*)’ 1 13
i ~c
´•i
)1r:;L;R6
12----ri u
s I
10 P P
9--~
1~
15
uc7 i
II a
r(d :f
\I J
r, i
_dfi
_-n 11
19 nli, ~1
\t
1´• r,
~C1 (n
rt
18 1
17
L/ ;1:
/C kr 4
r
48-220
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-221
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
I I ::-26A f -r4~
-30 1 -35 1 -36 1 -36A -60
3 4
2 5
~II),
5A
21\ Detail A
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
18 A 10A
Fig705 Tailcone
4B-222
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-223
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
12
17 8 14 7 1 10 11 16
9
7
-’r~---
J
VU´• II:
2,3 4 6 5
Section A-A
Fig706 Ventralfin
48-224
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE: A, S/N501THRU532
B, S/N533ANDUP
48-225
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
0:
BULGE
See Fig. 801
48-226
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
F.STA’
F.SI~
O
I 19 (F.STA\
461
43
45
47
49
E
i I i’ C
I ~I I ;11 7
29 6
1 24
I
i I I
.,1__ ._
lr------------
I J J
15 22
_U
36 49A 42 48 46 4;1 40
26
BL
41
34 19
33 1 L~D Iq
F
n--- H
~i B r´•.Trt~) i /5
D
I C--:
A~f
:I:-------’ I I
GL;: r;-
39 11 2 17 13
1 25 3 ’4
Fig 801 Buldge (1/6)
4B-227
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
F.ST
461
85
56
91 96 80 /F.srA\
59 71
N
7L K 70 106
7M~
--.--.--LI------L
::~ep
119 95 r__T._:-l_:r-------
72
86
111
1,11A 69
110
1
83 1
1~54
P
70
I
P84 120
SK
105
7 58
115
79 116 63 55
81
82
67 1 ´•CPb UI~_
ir
,.....i i~ 124
,r r-C
j-----------~;C’’-- ------I´•--1-1---
1....,´•
75
I i j
77
107
4B-228
MU12 STRUCTURAL REPA)R MANUAL
160
I
I.
p
r-------7-UI 1 I) I
i h
I
II
1
1
Q 133
154
I
RC ’Isa
I
I
II IS
1 57 1
5 i
I
I I
I
-L’
I
I L1J
Jg 138
139
158
153
147
129 I
I :r
I ii _---
i
u (I
i
j i
,I
II I
n C
1
,I
I’lr’-----l-~L I I
II
’7
-t;-
,I
i, It
(III I
II
II
I
r
i(i
’IIII 3’---r I
I
J ,lr
I
~___
141 131
128 137
48-229
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
34
Q-~i.8 ~--vl-e 19
;1:
I
18
Section A A ~1.-
30
16
23 21
35
31
View C-C
View G RH ONLY
27
20 24
24
12
RH ONLY
THRU 519)
Zj (SIN 501
24
.-’k~b
RH ONLY ONLY
LH
27
25 32
48-230
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:f~-rtin_-j ;40
30 1 -35 1 -36 1 -36A -60
37
53
102
51
42
104
38
103
I Section J-J
117
Section K-I(
50
36
52
37 \1 51
122 123
38
39 121
Section H-H
Section 0-0
48-231
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
i:_ii::i:itl:i::l:::!´•~iiiii-i
83
8-. 114
Section L L Section P P
164
157
136
Section M-M
162
Section Q-Q
158
Section N-N
156 148
Section R-R
48-232
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
iiii2lii:´•:’.ii’;f--::~26A’:lii::il -40
4B-233
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:j ~O
48-234
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-235
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-236
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
48-237
SECTION
SECTION V
5-i
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION V
CONTENTS
Page
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5.1
5-ii
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Fig 8 Repair example when inner board of nacelle door assembly in contact
5-iii
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Page 5-1.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON :To add the repair procedures for the nacelle outer duct and the
exhaust duct.
The engine nacelte is located between wing station (W.STA) 1950--W.STA 2550 and
installed under the wing. It consists of a cowling assembly installed in front of the
engine, a hinged door assembly in the upper nacelle located on the upper surface of the
wing leading edge which opens upward, LH and RH hinged door assembly located on
each side of nacelle which opens transversely, a nacelle tail assembly installed under the
wing, a fairing assembly installed under the flap to support the shape of the nacelle, and
an engine exhaust duct installed in the rear of the engine.
The engine nacelle is located between W.STA 1950-W.STA 2550 and installed under
wing. It consists of cowling assembly installed in front of engine, hinged door assembly
in upper nacelle located on upper surface of wing leading edge being opened upward, LH
and RH hinged door assembly located at the side of nacelle being opened transversely,
nacelle tailassembly installed under wing and fairing assembly installed under flap to
support the shape of nacelle.
2. DESCRIPTION OF STRUCTURE
The cowling is made of aluminum alloy and consists of skin and frame and is installed
on engine through the medium of forward frame. The lower part of cowling is welded
It consists of corrosion resistant skin, aluminum alloy frame and aluminum alloy
stiffener. The rear frame is attached with hinge fitting and installed on hinge on the
upper wing. The latch handle assemblies are provided on the both edges of the
forward frame. The door serves as fire-wall for the wing.
The door assembly consists of skin, inner board, frame and channel. The skin is
aluminum alloy sheet and inner board is corrosion resistant steel sheet. The door
serves as fire-wall for the wing. The other parts consist of frame, rib and channel of
aluminum alloy. On the upper edge of the door, a hinge is attached and the door is
installed with the hinge under the wing. The latch handle assembly or stop assembly
are installed under the center and rear frames and ribs, and on the upper part of the
forward frame. A part of the skin is chemical milled except attaching positions of
The nacelle tail assembly consists of skin and frame, and most materials are
aluminum alloy. Forward frame is corrosion resistant steel sheet and air inlet fillet for
oil cooler located below is also corrosion resistant steel sheet. Behind the attaching
position of oil cooler exhaust duct is located. Access doors are located at both sides
Page 5-2.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON :To add the repair procedures for the nacelle outer duct and the
exhaust duct.
The engine exhaust duct is a weld assembly made of corrosion resistant steel. It is
attached (bolted) to the exhaust outlet of the engine.
Temporary_Revision No.5-2
I Page 1/1
Sep.27/2004
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
The fairing assembly consists of skins and ribs. Lower surface of skin and forward
rib are made of corrosion resistant steel sheet, because they are subjected to exhaust
gas with flap in down position. Upper projecting
skin afterward from flap trailing edge
and other ribs are aluminum alloy sheets. At the center a bracket is provided to
install fairing assembly to flap. On the lower skin and access door is provided to
install fairing.
(1) Skin
(a) Scratches or abrasions provided less than 10% of the original material in depth is
removed after blending.
(b) Smooth dent within 1 in, which can be restored to original contour without crack.
(c) Sharp damages such as nicks and cracks on aluminum alloy sheet which can be
removed with a drill hole less than 3/16 in. The drilled hole should be filled with
rivet and should have no effect on rivet edge distance.
4.1 When inner board of nacelle door assembly in contact with outer skin, is damaged.
(See Fig 8)
(a) Skin repair doubler Same material as existing skin and one gage
heavier. The doubler should have enough space
to be ri~eted around trimmed out opening in a
staggered pattern.
(b) Filler: Same material and gage existing skin.
as
(c) Inner board repair doubler Same material and gage as existing inner board.
The size can be determined enough to rivet around
trimmed out opening.
Page 5-3.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON :To add the repair.procedures for the nacelle outer duct and the
exhaust duct
(1) Guidelines
(2) Action
(a) Cut out the damaged area of the engine outer duct.
(b) Make a filler from 347 CRES (AMS 5512) with thickness of 0.020 inch to match
the material removed in item (a) above.
(c) In accordance with AVVS 017.1 class B, butt weld the filler at the position where
the damaged area was removed.
(d) Grind the interior weld bead smooth, maintaining the shape of the engine outer
duct contour.
(1)Guidelines
(a) A weld may be repaired (rewelded) only twice in the same weld bead area. After
that, the exhaust duct should be replaced with a new genuine part.
(c) If the exhaust duct is deformed during the repair process, the duct should be
(2) Action
(g) Grind the interior weld bead smooth, maintaining the shape of the exhaust duct
contour.
(2) Action
(a) Trim out damage on the skin to rectangle. Cut out inner board in the size of
(b) Fit filler into trimmed out skin and apply repair doubler from inside and install with
rivets of MS20426AD4. The rivet should be driven in 2 rows staggered.
(c) Apply repair doubler from inside and drive rivets of MS20426AD3 around.
q TEMPORARY
REV~SION
that revises this page.
5-3
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Page 5-4.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON To add the repair procedures for the nacel(e outer duct and the
exhaust duct.
lr""
a
4 3
o\
~ngine
I’""
3
o\
el
s,4 n \o~
0?
I
5-5
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
18 13 10 17 9 14 12
r
15
I iu a
I
4I
j; I 1
I ~I
I
11
I
I)( II n III, I
II
II
\I dI I I
II I
3/ 1
o II
II 1
II
jI 16
19 11 a II A
I u Il I
1
3 ~t I I
1~
j:
FWD
5-6
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
5-7
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
F~D
10
2
32 30
31
29
25 1 I 5~1 111
24
28
27
I
,1;;1
a
15
23 \I
22 13
3!,I i\
14
18
19 34
21
20 17
11
37
35
12
16´•
36
5-8
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
5-9
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
5-10
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2
~FhO
~3 1
7,
5 A
8 4
11
10 12 Section A-A
5-11/5-12
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE A, S/N 4 THRU 30, S/N 32 THRU 42, S/N 101, S/N 103 THRU 117
B, S/N 31, S/N 102, S/N 118 THRU 278, S/N 501 AND UP
C, S/N 4 THRU 30, S/N 32 THRU 42, S/N 101 THRU 164
D, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 165 THRU 238, S/N 501 THRU 547
E, S/N 239 AND UP, S/N 548 AND UP
F, S/N 239 THRU 383, S/N 548 THRU 723
G, S/N 384 AND UP, S/N 724 AND UP
H, S/N 4 AND UP, S/N 101 THRU 383, S/N 501 THRU 723
J, S/N 280 AND UP, S/N 606 AND UP
5-1 3/5-14
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Page 5-15.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON :To add the repair procedures for the nacelle outer duct and the
exhaust duct.
a 5
11 i 16
I’""
12
13
22
A 2
15
23
21
18
20
21
19
j/ 20
17 Detail A
8 5
11 I 1 16
I(""
il.TI 10
12
13
22
15
21
18
20
21
19
20
17 Detail A
4 TEMPORARY
WEVIS~ON
e~that revises this page.
5-15
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
12 10
13
i’*"’
11
14
5-16
q TEMPORARY
REVISION
that revises this page.
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Page 5-17.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON To add the repair procedures for the nacelle outer duct and the
exhaust duct.
NOTE A, S/N 5, S/N 101 THRU 394, S/N 501 THRU 730
B, S/N 395 AND UP, S/N 731 AND UP
q I
TEMPORARY
REVISION
that revises this page.
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Page 5-18.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON :To add the repair procedures for the nacelle outer duct and the
exhaust duct.
NOTE: A, S/N 008 THRU 038, S/N 101, S/N 103 THRU 120
B, SIN 102, S/N 205 THRU 394 EXCEPT SIN 365,
SIN 501 THRU 730 EXCEPT SIN 700
C, S/N 121 THRU 204
D, S/N 395 THRU 459, S/N 731 AND UP
E, S/N 365, SIN 700
6 15
10 3
12
I´•
5
1 14
15
13
16 CLLL 18
11
Inner board
repair doubler
Section A-A
Inner board
Skin repair
doubler same
material and
same or 1 gage
MS20426AD4 upper as exist-
ing skin
Inner board
i´•
A Skin
Filler
Page 5-19.
Insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time as page
is revised per the change below.
REASON :To add the repair procedures for the nacelle ´•outer duct and the
exhaust duct.
Temporary_Revision No.5-8
Page 113
Sep. 2712004
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Damaged Area
a
Cut Out
Butt
Welding
O
Patch
Fig 9 Repair example when outer exhaust duct of nacelle tail assembly
contact with engine exhaust duct is wear damaged
Weld Bead
L,
Crack Crack
_---i~-- _I-t
O O
ROd gap limit 012 in(3 04mmJ
--n I c,
A-A
TYPICAL REPAIRS
AND APPLICATION
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION VI
6-i
AllU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION VI
CONTENTS
Page
1. GENERAL ´•´•´•´•´•6-1
6-ii
AllU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Page
10. REPAIR OF SMALL HOLES´• 6-34
10.1 GENERAL ´•6-34
10.2 HOLE LESS THAN 1/2 IN. IN DIAMETER 6-34
10.3 HOLE MORE THAN 1/2 IN. IN DIAMETER 6-34
10.4 HOLE REPAIR RIVET ARRANGEMENT 6-38
14. REPAIR OF CRACK LESS THAN 1 IN. ON FORMED SHEET BEND CORNER 6-43
&iii
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
6-iv
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1. GENERAL
This section provides typical repairs and applications for damages which might be
experienced airplane is in use. Repairs should be performed in accordance
while the
with instructions contained in this section except certain cases where special repair
methods are applied to.
6-1
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
2. DEFECTIVE HOLES
2.1 GENERAL
The quality of rivet, screw, and bolt holes is extremely important to the strength and
safety of all types of aircraft structure. Defective holes of such a nature that the
fastener cannot function efficiently to transfer load into or out of a part will cause that
load to seek an alternate path where there may be insufficient strength. Examples of
defects which cannot be tolerated are
(4) A hole which does not present a smooth surface for the shank of the fastener.
(5) A "stepped" hole, a continuous hole through two or more parts where the individual
holes in the several parts do not have a common axis.
(6) A hole which is machine countersunk too deep. The heads of countersunk
conventional and blind rivets must conform to the flushness requirements.
(7) A machine countersunk hole which does not provide a bearing surface for the head
of the rivet of screw; for example, a countersink of the wrong conical angle, caused
by wobbling" the tool.
following pages. Defective countersinks typical of examples (8) and (7) above
Wherever oversize rivets, bolts, or screws are necessary, consideration must be given
to every part through which the fastener passes so that the reduction of area does not
render any of the parts under-strength. The following restrictions must be regarded
whenever the use of oversize fasteners is considered.
6-2
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
strength of a part because of the reduction in net area must always be considered on
the basis of the size hole in the material before installing the bushing.
(2) The net edge distance in the part must not be less than specified in Section 1 of this
Manual. The minimum edge distance permitted will be that shown for the oversize
fastener, since in many cases more load will now be carried by the larger fastener
than was carried by the small fastener replaced.
(3) Proper wrench and tool clearance for the larger fastener must be available for
fasteners which must be removed in the field for inspection, maintenance, or
replacement.
(4) The following Repair Outline in Para. 2.3 is to be used for determining the proper
procedure to be followed upon encountering defective holes in various
circumstances. ALL INSTRUCTIONS FOUND IN THIS OUTLINE ARE SUBJECT
TO THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS AND TO ANY ADDITIONAL
RESTRICTIONS ON THE VARIOUS PAGES FOLLOWING THE OUTLINE.
Whenever it is specified that a fastener is to be
replaced by a larger fastener, it
should be understood that the hole is to be prepared properly for the new fastener
and that any necessary redrilling, etc., will be performed in accordance with the
appropriate installation procedure for the new fastener. While the procedure for
special salvage fasteners will be found in the detail instructions in this section of the
Manual. Proper tolerance limits must be observed in preparing the hole for the new
fastener.
Oversize Holes
6-3
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
6-4
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
6-5
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR UANUAL
6-6
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
6-7
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Oversize holes for conventional driven rivets may be used "as is" if they are not more
than 15% oversize, since the rivet will expand sufficiently to fill the hole. This rule
applies only to protruding head rivets and to the cylindrical portion of the hole for flush
rivets; it does not apply to the countersunk portion of a hole. The following table of
15% oversize hole diameters has been prepared for reference.
2.5 0.030 OVERSIZE AND NEXT SIZE LARGER RIVETS, BOLTS, AND SCREWS
The use of 0.030 oversize or next larger standard size rivets, bolts, and screws is
restricted to those applications specified in the Repair Outline, and is also subject to
all the restrictions listed under General Instructions.
Original
Fastener 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8
Size
Min. Spacing 9/16 3/4 7/8 1-1/8 1-7/16 1-11/16 2
6-8
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Salvage bolts and screws are to be used, whenever so, directed by the Repair Output,
as a substitute for standard bolts and screws when the hole is oversize. The use of
these salvage bolts and screws whenever possible is preferable to using the next
larger site standard bolt or screw because the latter requires the drilling out of more
material, with the consequent weakening of the part. The salvage bolts and screws
aresubstantially identical to standard bolts and screws except for the grip diameter.
The grip diameters of the salvage hex head bolt (NAS2903) and the salvage flush
head screw (NAS1703) ate both 0.0156 oversize. The grip diameters of the salvage
hex head bolt (NAS3003) and the salvage flush head screw (NAS1603) are both
0.0312 oversize.
Note that the heads of the flush salvage screws are not oversize, and require the same
6-9
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
The Hi-Shear salvage rivets are to be used, whenever so directed by the Repair
Outline, as a substitute for standard Hi-Shear rivets when the hole is oversize. The
use of these salvage rivets whenever possible is preferable to using the next larger
standard rivet because the latter requires the drilling out of more material, with the
consequent weakening of the part. These rivets are available in all the flat protruding
head (HS40P, HS42P) and flush head (HS39P, HS41P) types and substantially
identical to standard Hi-Shear rivets except for the grip diameter. The grip diameter
of HS29P and HS40P is 0.0156 oversize. The grip diameter of HS41P and MS42P is
0.0312 oversize. These rivets are also available in alloy steel. Standard tools are
used with Hi-Shear salvage rivets too, the only difference in installation being the hole
size. Note that the heads of the flush head rivets are not oversize, and require
normal countersink dimensions.
Pull salvage rivets are to be used, whenever so directed by the Repair Outline, as a
substitute for standard pull rivets when the hole is oversize. The use of these
salvage rivets wheneverpossible is preferable to using the next larger standard pull
rivet, because the latter requires the drilling out of more material, with the consequent
weakening of the part. These rivets are available in both the brazier head (RV2200C)
and flush head (RV2201C) types, and are.substantially identical to standard pull rivets
except for the grip diameter, which is oversize. Installation procedure is identical to
that for standard pull rivets except for the hole size, as shown in the table below.
Note that the head of the flush type salvage rivet is not oversize, and requires the
same countersink dimensions as the standard pull rivet.
6-10
MU-P STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
The CKL salvage rivets are to be used, whenever so directed by the Repair Outline, as
a substitute for standard CKL rivets when hole is oversize. The use of these salvage
rivets whenever possible is preferable to using the next larger standard CKL rivet
because the latter requires the drilling out of more material, with the consequent
weakening of the part. The flush head (100V) rivets are substantially identical to
standard CKL rivets except for the grip diameter, which is oversize. Installation
procedure is identical to that for standard CKL rivets except for the hole size, as shown
in the following table. Note that the head of these rivets is not oversize, and required
the same countersink dimensions as the standard CKL rivet.
NOTE
6-11
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3. EDGE DISTANCE
3.1 INTRODUCTION
The edge distance may be defined in general as a measure of the amount of material
between a rivet or bolt in a part and an edge of that part. The consideration of edge
part. Such a case could in many instances result in the loss of the airplane.
Edge distance can be affected by several different conditions and it is important that
these situations be recognized. Several factors which may produce insufficient edge
distance are
(1) The hole may be located too close to the edge. This is the most recurrent as well as
(2) A crack or other material defect may reduce the actual edge distance.
(3) Another hole may be located too near the hole in question. It is important to note
that the edge of an adjacent hole is considered to be anedge of the part in the
definition of edge distance. Insofar as the strength of the rivet in question is
concerned, it is immaterial whether such an adjacent hole is plugged or left as is.
(4) The thickness of the material may be less than called for, thereby increasing the
When a sheet has insufficient edge distance along a row of rivets used to attach the
sheet to some other member, the sheet should either be replaced or the edge with the
short edge replaced by splicing
distance should be a new section onto the sheet.
If
either of these repairs is impractical, a backing plate with sufficient edge distance may
be used as illustrated below, provided a smooth contour is not necessary. The
backing plate may be added outside the sheet if desired, instead of the "sandwich"
location illustrated.
6-12
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Existing rivets
In contrast to the situation covered backing plate repair, if the part to which the
by the
sheet attaches is an angle edge distance, but not less than one rivet
with insufficient
diameter, the angle repair shown below may be used. This repair may not be used
with bolting angles. (A bolting angle is one which has bolts through the upright flange.)
Existing rivet -7
Short edge distance(l D Min.)
Existing sheet
gusset thickness must be chosen on the basis of the size of the existing corner rivet in
accordance with the table below. The gages shown are minimum gages, except that
the gusset need not be thicker than the member in which the short edge distance
appears. In addition, the gusset material must be compatible with the material of the
two members. (i.e If the members are 2024 extrusion, the gusset should be 2024
sheet.)
6-13
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
omPTf;lo o
O o 9 lo
T
01 Joggle as required.
o’,
A minimum of three rivets per flange
must be picked up.
This rivet should be II o
used to determine
gusset thickness.
M4 0.063 0.040
M5 0.080 0.050
M6 0.100 0.063
Insufficient edge distance in the attachment of rib and frame flanges to other items of
basic structure may be repaired by whichever one of the following methods may be
applicable.
6-14
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(2) Attachment of an integral "bent-up" flange to the skin at the heel of a stringer.
skin rivets.
Web
Skin--7 I Illio
6-15
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
o o o i10 o o o
Skin
Pick up
(4) Attachment of a separate angle flange to the skin at the heel of a stringer.
flange angle.
Web
O Oi )O O O O O
Pick up exiSting rivets.
Flange angle.
Skin--~
Short edge distance
6-16
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
4.1 For frames, flanged ribs, and other formed flange parts, where the damage is such
that the removal of the flange is necessary, the repairs indicated below may be used.
See foot note of 4.4.
nange
)Icr,
Aluet~ A 11( II A
name.
Section A-A
4.2 For damage to formed flanges where only a portion of the f)ange is removed, the
added flange shall extend over the existing flange as shown below. Two(2) additional
rivets through the existing flange and skin, as well as two(2) additional rivets through
the web, shall be picked up. A shim shall be added between the new flange and skin
in the region where the damaged flange was removed. See foot note of 4.4.
6-17
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Section C C C
Provide radius
in corner ’Shim
4.3 For cracks, oversize holes, nonmatching holes, or other damage where it is not
necessary to remove the formed flange, the repair indicated below may be used. See
foot note of 4.4.
4.4 For repair of damaged short flanges or tabs on formed members, use the repair
indicated below. See foot note of 4.4.
6-18
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
NOTE
observed.
airplanes or components.
damaged area.
6-19
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
beyond its neutralposition and then released the panel will not come back to its
initial position, if it has not enough elastic energy to run up beyond the neutral
(2) The inspection of canned panels is performed by specifying the quantities of the
factors relating to the canning phenomena; they are the quantity of the pressing
force and the quantity of the residual displacement. It is also considered that in an
actual aircraft structure all adjacent members contribute the loaded and then
unloaded panel.
6-20
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(1) Press the panel to investigate canning with fingers properly as shown in Fig 1 and
(a) If it comes back to the original contour with very little noise, it is used as it is.
(b) If it does not come back to the original contour, measure the depthof canning per
Fig 2. If it exceeds the limited value, repair the panel canned in according to the
instructions in Pare. 5.3.(2).
(c) If any one ofadjacent panels does not come back to the original contour, apply
step (b) to the adjacent panels displaced.
(2) If it is determined that the canning is caused by crack or loosened rivets, a repair per
instructions described in Para. 5.3.(2) should be made.
Lmproper
Proper
(a) Fabricate stiffeners to match the canned panel. They must be made of the same
material as the affected panel and one size heavier. When the existing stiffeners
are two sizes or more heavier than the panel, use new stiffeners of two sizes
heavier. If the panel is made of 7075-T6 Alclad sheet, 2024-T4 Alclad sheet may
be used. However, the sheet must be two sizes heavier in thickness than the
canned panel.
6-21
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Center
of
rivets
of
canningDepth
Panel
Stiffener
NOTE
6-22
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(b)Joggle one or both ends of the sheet so that they can be lapped over the existing
stiffeners. existing
Drive out the rivets. Refasten them together with rivets.
(c) If it isimpossible to drive out rivets and fasten them together, clips may be used.
Use clips at one or both ends of the sheet as necessary. The clips must be made
of the same material as the new stiffener to be used.
(d)The new stiffener may be fastened with clips at one end and be joggied over the
existing stiffener at the other end.
(e) The new stiffeners must be attached to the canned panel using rivets of the same
type, diameter or one gage smaller and spacing as those used on the existing
stiffeners.
(a)When adjacent panels are canned, insert a shim between the structural
two
member by panels are bordered and the canned panels as shown in
which the two
Fig 4. An insertion of a shim between the existing stiffener and the panels is also
permissible in such a case that it is impossible to fabricate the stiffener to match
the contour of the canned panels.
.(b)The shim to be used must not exceed 0.040 inch in thickness.
(c) Only one shim is allowed to be inserted. Shims more than one shall not be used
under any circumstances.
(d) The shim may be tapered off to match the deformed panel.
6-23
MU-5 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Stiffener to be added
Existing
stiffener
Existing stiffener
Existing stiffeners
0. 10 in.
I ~I Two times
rivet dia. (Min.
Rivet edge (Typ)
distance two times
rivet dia. (Min.
Fifteen times sheet thicltness or 0. 60 in.
Existing panel
6-24
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
0. 38
.ni~O
(Min.)
I I New stiffeners to
be added.
I i: Existing stiffeners.
6-25
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Equal to flange
width
Canned areas
a
a
6-26
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MA~UAL
The following repairs may be used for control surfaces incorporating the "arrow head" type
(1) For minor damage when it is not necessary to remove a section of the trailing edge
extrusion, the following repair may be used. See notes of this paragraph 6.
Max.
1/4R
damage 45´•
(2) For damage requiring the removal of a short section of the trailing edge extrusion (2 in.
max.) a 2024-14 replacement block may be used as shown below. See notes of this
paragraph 6.
-----7
,I II
o O oil~ ollo o o
L--
2" max.
Pick up at least 2 Machine filler block to same
(3) Far damage requiring the removal and replacement of a section of trailing edge
extrusion, the new section should be spliced to the remaining original extrusion as
shown on the next page. See notes of this paragraph 6.
6-27
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
O O O OI~
NOTE
necessary.
6-28
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
For repair of cracked lightening hole flanges, use a flanged doubler as indicated in the
following figure.
Formed doubler
i
A A t
Section A-A
NOTE
6-29
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
For repair of a crack in the corner of a double formed flange, use the following
applications
8.1 For a length of crack limited to eight (8) times the sheet thickness.
2. Remove area outward from drilled hole as shown in the figure with minimum notch
Damage Repair
8.2 For a length of crack limited to twentyfive (25) times the sheet thickness.
4. Rivets are to be as indicated in the figure and of the same size as existing flange
rivets or the size called out in the appropriate table of Section I, whichever is smaller.
pp~iLb
s)-t-
$i
Damage Repair
6-30
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Plugging of mislocated #40 pilot holes is permissible under the following conditions and
limitations
9.2 Types of material to be plugged shall be limited to 2024-T4, 6061-T6, and 7075-T6
aluminum alloy sheet and parts made thereof and corrosion resistant steel sheet and
(1)Pilot holes may be closed in 1100-T,3003-T,and 5052-T aluminum alloy sheet and
9.3 Materials less than 0.030 in. thickness shall not be plugged in accordance with the
instructions herein. Refer to paragraph 10 for repair instructions.
9.4 Location of plugged pilot holes with respect to adjacent rivet, screw or bolt holes.
(1)The correctly located hole shall not remove more than 1/2 the diameter of the plug,as
illustrated.
Correctly
located hole
6-31
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(2) Pilot holes that fall between the correctly located hole and the edge of the part within
the shaded area (illustrated below as mark B), causing the actual net edge distance to
be small shall be plugged carefully. To determine the actual net edge distance when
the pilot hole falls between the edge of the correctly located hole and the edge of the
sheet, within the shaded area as shown below, measure the distance between the
edge of the correctly located hole and the edge of the sheet and subtract the diameter
of the mislocated pilot hole. Holes falling between rivets in any row along theedge of
a sheet illustrated below as mark C in the cross-hatched area, must always be
structurally examined before being repaired.
45
45
e d Net Edge
Distance
45
A A
6D or less
(3) Mislocated pilot holes through any skin or web, which fall between rivets in any row
within the cross-hatched area las illustrated in the sketch below), shall be examined
carefully prior to plugging when the rivets
spaced 6D or less. (Hole notations "A"
are
and "C" refer to the notes for the precedirig sketch.) One plugged pilot hole between
any two rivets will be permitted when the rivet spacing is greater than 6D.
Alc~h C
45
6D or less
6-32
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
9.5 Plugging of pilot holes shall not be done prior to processing, such as bonderizing,
anodizing, etching, heat treating, etc., or forming.
6-33
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
10.1 GENERAL
A small hole is defined as oneexceeding 1 in. in diameter. For larger hole than
not
this, refer to Para. 11. Repair by patching is intended to reinforce strength lost due to
damage and at the same time to prevent air from passing through this hole. This also
makes it possible to prevent air from flowing through the hole into a place which has
not enough strength for the unexpected pressurization, or to prevent from danger of
fire in some place fuel is evaporated. Repair by patching is also able to keep
aerodynamic smoothness if the hole is on the outer skin. In this case the hole is filled
with a filler (nonstructural member) to avoid rough surface which increase airplane
drag.
For convenience sake, holes are classified into ones less than 1/2 in., and more than
1/2 in. For holes less than 1/2 in., there is no fixed repair method. Therefore,
determine proper method on the basis of fundamental point of view mentioned above
in Para. 10.1. For example, a small hole as compared with width, on the web with
narrow frame is not a serious
damage structurally. sealing If
required, inside hole is
can be plugged by various methods. As a simple method, insert a rivet into the hole
when it is very small patch with two rivets. For holes on the skin, the same
or use a
For holes more than 1/2 in. in diameter, repair in accordance with the
following
requirements. Repairs by patch shown in Table 2 and 3 are determined only for
specified special thickness and material, so it is not applicable for other materials.
NOTE.
(l)lrregular holes and jagged holes shall be cleaned out with a hole of minimum
diameter which completely covers the damage.
6-34
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(2)After cleaning out, determine diameter of patch and number, size and type of rivets to
be used according to Table 2 and 3. When applicable hole diameter can not be
found in the table, use the next larger hole diameter. (If the hole diameter is 0.63 in.,
use the next larger diameter 0.75 in.)
(3)The patch shall be the same material as the damaged sheet and at least the same
thickness.
(5)Countersinking can not be substituted for rivet dimpling at the place where dimpling is
specified.
(G)When hole diameter is more than 20% of the sheet width, perform repair as
recommended by manufacturer. (That is, if hole dia. is i in. on the frame web of 4 in.,
this hole corresponds to 25% of sheet width.)
(8)lf the damaged sheet is not outer skin, filler is not required and round head rivet may
be used in lieu of flush head rivet of same size and material.
6-35
MU-2 STRUCTLCRAL REPAIR MANUAL
Minimum
Hole Sheet Patch Rivet Pattern
TypecfRivet No.ofRivet edge
Die. Gage Dia.A No~
distance
0.020 2-1 3/64 AD4/D2 8 3 9132
TABLE 2 Patch repair for 2024-T3 clad and 2024-T42 clad sheet
6-36
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Minimum
Hole Sheet Patch Rivet Pattern
TypeofAivet No.ofRivet edge
Die. Gage Dia.A No~
distance
0.020 2-13/64 AD4/D2 10 4 9/32
6-37
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Fig 5 shows rivet pattern for several types of rivets called out on Tables 2 and 3.
Patch
:o Symm.
Al I _
I about 1A
axis
6CPO
(Typ) ~h
90
(Typ)
Pattern 3 (4 rivets) Pattern 2 (6 rivets)
~O
O
9 O
36
450(Typ) (Typ)
6-38
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Min.
36"(Typ) edge distance
720~YP)
\r
I A
Min. edge I
At
distance
30"
60"
(Typ)
(Typ)
Pattern 5 (10 rivets) Pattern 6 (12 rivets)
NOTE
6-39
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Large hole on sheet construction is defined as damaged hole which can not be cleaned
out by a round hole of 1 in. in diameter. Fundamental method for repairing hole is
applicable to large hole in the same way as small hole mentioned in Pars. 10, although
there is basic discrepancy that it becomes more difficult to keep original strength of sheet.
In many cases it becomes hard to
apply general repair when hole diameter increases so
far as special circumstances is not considered. Therefore, general repair for large hole
is not shown in this manual. As far as circumstances permits, replace the damaged
sheet or use sheet splice method mentioned in Section i.
6-40
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(1) When crack is less than 0.12 in., file the outer suriace smooth conforming to contour.
(2) For cracks between 0.12 thru 0.36 in., repair as shown in Fig 6. For repair patches of
0.040 in. or less in thickness use nine 1/8 in. rivets and for patches of 0.050 in, or more
thickness, use nine 5132 in. rivets. Space pitch of 3/4 in. and stop-drill both ends of
crack before repair.
6-41
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
-i:
\1 L-,
Stop-drill ends
Use drill#40.
of crack
0" 010
O
IJ A
Od
O
f
Section A-A
Repair for crack on lightening hole nange
7"
Web cracked
between
.selohgni ethgil
Patch is same material
and thickness as web
Section B-B
6-42
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
14. REPAIR OF CRACK LESS THAN 1 IN. ON FORMED SHEET BEND CORNER
(See Fig 7)
(1) Stop-drill both ends of crack.
(2) Install a patch of same material and thickness as shown in Fig 7. If the flange has
0.024 1 2
0.032 3
0.040 4
0.047 5
0.059 6 4
Damaged area
1 in. Max.
Repair for crack less
than 1 in. on formed
sheet bend corner
and thickness
6 6
8 6
hc~
Section A-A
6-43
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
verge. Use same material and thickness. Drive rivets as indicated in the table.
16. REPAIR OF DAMAGES OTHER THAN CRACK ON FORMED FLANGE (See Fig 8)
(1) Trim out the damaged area.
(2) Make a formed angle of same material and thickness as shown in Fig 8.
(3) Use same rivets and rivet holes and attach the angle, matching to the adjacent flange.
of formed flange
Formed sheet of same
Drive minimum 6
rivets both sides
8 i
8
of damage. 8
8 1
~b
Section A A
sheet
JFormed
Repair for damages other than crack on formed flange
Damage
6-44
UU´•2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Spar web
Upper flange
J
J U
I´•
r
u
_I´•
J V
J
"I Ilc,
Patch
J
J
u
J Case B
4´•
Patch
same material and thickness
Case A
6-45
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Damage
Dam age
o10/;.
Stop-drill
Case A Case B
Fuselage skin
6-46
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
In longitudinal section, radial crack less than 0.04 in. may be acceptable, but the
following conditions shall be met.
NOTE
(2) If the member is cracked on the slant to longitudinal section, the angle should be less
than 30’
(3) One hole should not have more than one crack.
6-47
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(1) Trim out damage with a rectangular of 1/2 in. minimum corner radii.
(2) Make a filler and a doubler with same material and thickness as shown in the figures.
(3) Attach the filler and doubler to the adjacent panel with rivets in the same edge distance
and pitch. Use flush head rivet on the surface where airflow hits.
(4) The place where pressurization is required should be sealed with sealant.
Fuselage skin
LLLA
0. 51 in. (min‘.
6-48
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Damaged area
Skin
Filler
CO. 51 in.
1
(min.)
A
~r
Section A A
6-49
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
Polyester resin reinforced with glass cloth #181 is used in fuselage nose cone, tail cone,
vertical stabilizer, dorsal fin, horizontal and vertical stabilizer fillet, main landing gear drag
strut door (MU-28, -10, -15, -20, -25, -26, -26A and -40),wing forward fillet (front of F.STA
3360) and wing leading edge side fillet (F.STA 3360 thru F.STA 3905).
(b) Apply resin sealing. Pour 1 thru 2 parts of Methylethylketone peroxide into 100 part
of resin, qualified under MIL-R-7575 such as Polylite 8010, Laminac 4128, Vibrin
152 and 6% Naphtensan Cobalt liquid, at 0.05% thru 0.2% weight ratio, agitate the
mixture and apply it with brush etc.
(c) Allow the patch to cold cure for a minimum of 24 hours at room temperature, or for
minimum of 1 thru 2 hours under temperature of 210’ F, using an infrared lamp.
i WAR"I"G)
WARN ING
NOTE
(1) Polish the surface with #100 thru 300 sand paper.
6-50
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
DiethyleneTriAmine (DTA) 8
(4)When the flap trailing edge has peeled (See Pig 13), soak a sheet of glass cloth #181
in resin and attach it to the trailing edge.
(5)When peeling has taken place between the foamed plastic core material and cloth.
(a) Remove a 1 in. area around the peeled portion of the outer skin.
(G)When peeling has taken place between an aluminum member and cloth, glue it with
resin.
NOTE
Peeled FRP
Repair glass cloth
Stiffener
Foamed
Plate
plastic
6-51
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
(1) Solvent
(3) Stiffener
22.2 Procedure
(2)Wipe off zinchromate primer on bonding surface with MEK, and clean stiffener and
NOTE
6-52
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
insert facing the applicable page. Retain this Temporary Revision until such time
as page is revised per the change below.
i CAUTION
cnunoN I
Minimum thickness of windshield/window.
Part Number NAM E NOMINAL MINIMUM
TemporarytRevision No.6-1
Pagel/l
Sep. 27/2004
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
When depth of scratch on front, side or cabin windshield, is less than 0.010 in., repair as
follows.
23.1 MATERIAL
ICAUT IONI
CAUTION
(2) Rub the surface around the scratch with a circular motion within the limits of 0.6 in.
dia.by waterproof sand paper #400 wrapped around wood or rubber block, keeping
the sand paper wet.
NOTE
(1)After sanding of glass, polish the sanded surface slightly with wet flannel cloth with
(2)Polishing with fine abrasive should be continued until no scratch or warp is on the
glass.
(3)Wipe the glass two or three times slightly with wet flannel cloth with small quantity of
Glasticoate 418. Glasticoate #18 is effective for shining and keeping off dust.
NOTE
The front and side windshields and cabin windows double-paneled acrylic
are all of
construction which is apt to be damaged by hard object or improper application of
cleaning solvent or polish, resulting in cracking or scratches. So, extreme care
should be taken in handling the acrylic window panes during routine maintenance.
(2) Flush the pane with grit-free water and a mild soap solution to remove all dust, mud,
solvent, grease or other oily material, lightly rubbing with a clean soft cloth, chamois
or sponge. Rinse, with clean water.
6-54
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
ICAUTIONI
CAUTION
3. For stubborn grease or oil deposits, use Soap Solution Castile or Cleaner MIL-C-
18767.
4. When anti-icing fluid is used, the windshield glasses should be flushed with clean
water. (As described in MU-2 Service News No.021 dated Jan. 10, 1968)
5. Wipe off residual water and static electricity from the surface with a soft clean cloth,
chamois or sponge and allow it dry.
6-55
~1
Q)
-n
cn
L FWD
vl
,I r;
AFT EDGE
OF DOOR ACCESS PANEL o
9 I 1 111 1 I -t
II I II I I I"I -I
c
v, NEW RIB
x EXISTING RIB a
J
lu
(OlOA-3251t-I5 REF) o I r
i 1 111 1 1 ~LU L :I I I I a
m
a.
cr i" a
LI__,
311
8 r
LI TRIM EXISTING
RIB
(ADD)
MS20426AD5 ZREQD
N
O:i_l O
(VIEW OUTBOARD)
NEW RIB
(ADD)
-n
r2024-T3C SHT SPLICE
co 1~=.50"
SHAPESHOULD
C2024-T3C SHT7J
I
cn Imm
BE TO MATCH I T=.050"(M~
o RIB
U,
-I
o sf; a
e, -i- Ilii
CO
iii
20 mm
II
)ij
11r m
0, -4
I
Ij (TYP)
k
R8
I -i ac
I O
P, (TYP) SPLICE r
2´•.
d´• =~-1----
I _!_ II
il~JI
a
a
O. M. __
vl
a
S
(D a
VIEW B--B :0il k Z
o
ru
iS TRIM E~ISTING RIB
MS20426AD4 4REQD
(FOR EXISTING HOLE Mc~RKED
k
NOTE: RIVET EDGE 2xD(Diameter)
RIVET PITCH 4xD(Diameter) CRIVET
STRUCTURE
SPLICE EXISTING Fl
a,
VIEW A-A
in
SECTION
GEAR-UPLA N DI N G
MU-2 STRUCtURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION Vil
GEAR-UP LANDING
7-i
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
SECTION VII
GEAR-UP LANDING
CONTENTS
Page
1. GENERAL
7-ii
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
7-iii
MU-O STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
1. GENERAL
Malfunction of landing gear or failures of the landing gear or supporting structure can
result in damage to the airframe. The extent of damage will vary with the ground speed,
the sinking rate, and the attitude of the aircraft on contact with the ground. The scope of
the coverage in this section, then, is confined to modes of failure which will provide a
repairable article.
7-1
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
completely. However, the damaged portion can be removed, and replaced by a new part
trimmed and spliced to the portions which remain in the airframe. Splices to be used
shall conform to repair requirements given in applicable sections of this Repair Manual.
Careful consideration shall be given to economic aspects as weighed against availability
of parts, equipment, and time. Especially, for windshield and cabin window glass,
inspect damage for crack and scratch in accordance with instructions given in
Maintenance Manual Chapter II, and repair damage for crack and scratch in accordance
with instructions given in Section VI, paragraph 23 of this manual. After repair, inspect
aircraft for smoothness and inspect aircraft for symmetry and alignment in accordance
with procedures given in Section i, paragraph 3 of this manual.
separation and buckling is confined to the lower frames, bulkheads, and keels.
Lower frames, bulkheads, and keels are repaired or replaced. (See Fig 1 and 2)
The middle section of the fuselage is damaged, in all types of gear-up landings except
nose-gear-up landing. The damage can be expected to extend from about F.Station
3905 about F. Station 6150 for MU-2B, -10, -15, -20, -25, -26, -26A and -40 models,
and extend from about F.Station 5605 to about F.Station 7845 and bulge of landing
gear for MU-28, -30, -35, -36, -36A and -60 models. (Skin damage will extend a few
millimeter further front and back.) The vertical extent of separation and buckling is
confined to the lower frames, bulkheads, keels, lower longerons and bulge. The
lower frames, bulkheads keels, lower longerons and bulge are repaired or replaced.
(See Fig 3 and 4)
7-2
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
o
12
12
13
14
27
1J
(For part list, see Page 7-9)
7-3
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
:Tr;´•l:
~::::\i:::::IIi
\i
0‘
P110,123
36
11
C~513jD 15
16
.t~S
7-4
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
23
16
172024
22
2425
i´•
zs --c~i
7-5
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
s:-:,´•´•´•´•1 ´•´•´•:;~´•:f
-30 -35 -36 -36A -60
Y’
?1~´•:
22 n2~
2~ 29 31
33
26 28
35
0,
~kh
7-6
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
’"~´•9$ /Y1/118
P1B15
o
1
14
20
21 i2
23
21326
8!6
28
7-7
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
.´•´•.:1..
4
q
~9 1113
14
15 G34
18
20
10~21ilB
24
22
2F28 3O
J
23
25
2931 33
36
39
39
38
37
(For part list, see Page 7-10)
7-8
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
3 Keel
SECTIV Fig210
4 1 Keel
SECTIV Fig210
SECTIV FiSP1O
5 Keel
6 Bulkhead
SECTIV Fig300
SECTIV Fig300
7 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
8 Frame
9 Bulkhead
SECTIV Fig300
10 Frame
SECTIV FigSOO
11 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
SECTIV Fig300
12 1 Frame
13 1 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
14 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
15 1 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
Frame
SECTIV Fig300
16
17 1 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
SECTIV Fig300
18 I Flame
19 1 Frame
SECTIV FiSSOO
SECTIV Fig300
20 Bulkhead
SECTIV Fig300
21 1 Bulkhead
22 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
SECTIV Fig300
23 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
24 Frame
25 Frame
SECTIV Fig300
SECT IV Fig100
26 Skin
door SECTIV FigGOO
27 Nose landing gear
strut door SECTIV FigGOO
28 Main landing gear drag
SECTIV Fig600
29 Main landing gear forward door
SECTIV FigGOO
30 Main landing gear aft door
7-9
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REPAIR MANUAL
7-10
SECTION
SECTION VIII
NUMERICAL INDEX
8-i
MU-2 STRUCTURAL REP;AIR MANUAL
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME ISEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIQ.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIQ. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER I NAME SEC.I FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER I NAME ISEC.I FIO. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME 9EC. FIG.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO.
No. No.
´•-´•_; r
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SE FIO.
NO. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER I NAME SEC.I FIG. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.IFIG.
No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDU( INDEX
PART NUMBER I NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC FIO.
No. No.
i;
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME FIG.
No. No.
I 4A 1502 24
019A-31 707-7 Skin 4A I idO Ill. IAnde I 48 I’rso~ 1;25
019A-31 797-9 Iskin 4A 1 10011 ’32 1)0!OA’31785’ IQlass-inner 4A 1 592 6
019A-31 708-13 Lanperon(RH) 4A 1 202 1 12 11010A-31~5 Glass-inner I 4A 1 502 16
010A-31f08-1 7(-1 8) Angle 4A I 28 Glass-inner I 4A- 15021 28
010~1 708-23(’24) Angle 4A 1 202 27; 11610A-3ij85- Glass-inner 48 1 502 1 6
0lbA-31 768-3(-4) Upper longeron 4A ~2 4 11010A-ji785~ Glass-inner 1 48 1 502 1 16
ol 9A-31 208-5 Longeron (LW) 4A- 1 ;202 ;11 Oi ~3.1785- IGlass-inner 48 I 8921- 26
019A-31 708-7 Longeron (RH) I 4A I~I; 11 I::I Oib~31J85-3 Glass-inner I 4A 1 502’1 6
019A-31 jOB-g Longeron (LH) 4A 202 f ;:12 11010A-31785-3 IGlass-inner 4A15921 16
019A-317t9-3 IDoubler I 4A I 6tBI 1 010A-3!:15i3 Glass-inner I 4A 1 502 26
919A-31711-3 18eam I 4A j~:-l 2 ((010A’3:1´•~5-3 JGlass-inner AB 1 5~ 6
919A-31711-5 IChannel I 4A 34. 1 3 IIOiOA-31;75-3 IGlass-inner 48 1 6021 16
01OA;31713´•’3 Doubler 4A 1 8231 19 1.1 010A-31785-3; IGlaas-inner 48 ~2 1~
01 9A-31 71 3-3 Iooubler 4A. 1 3~:::1 9A 1’1 Frame 1 4# 1 5021 22
919A-31713-3 IDouhler I 4A 325 5 010A;31;787-5 Frame 1 48 1 502 1 22
019Ai31713-5 Il)oubler I 4A 1;324 1 7 I:) 9iOA-31787-7 Frame I 4A 12
oioA-si 713-5 Doubler I 4A 324 8 1-1 01;OA-3i7~7’7 Frame I 48 56i’ I 12
Oi9A’31 714’3(-a) Clip 4A 1 323 9 11919A’31787-9 Iframe I 4A 1 5021 22
919AT31 714-3(-4) Clip 4A I: j25 I 9 1;1 0t0A-31-288-15(-17,18) Angle 48 I 592 25
olOA-31 f14’-5(-8) Clip 1 4A 324 1: 5 lil dlOAT3i7s8-3 Frame 4A 1: 5~ j 5
019A-31 720;1 (-2) Fitting 4A 1 202 73 010~9-31788-3 Frame 1 48 1 502 1 5
019A;31 781-1(-2) Fitting 4A 202 72 11010A-31788-5 Frame I 4A 502 15
919A-31 j22-1 Fitting 48 208 54 11910A-31788-5 Frame 48 5921 15
919A-31 722-1(-2) Fitting 4A 202 1 74 13016A131788-7(-8) Frame I 4A 1 502 25
919A;31722-2 Fitting 48 208 55 IQ 010A’317$9-3(-5) Glass-outer 4A 502 21
919A-31 723-1 Fitting 48 1 2061 56 1:1 91‘0A-31789-3(-5) Glass-outer 1 48 1 502 1 21
919A-31 723-1(-2) Fitting 4A 202 75 1l919A-31784-3 Sheet 1 48 204 17
919A-31 723-2 Fitting 48 206 57 11919A-31794-5 Tube 48 204 18
919A-31 734 Bracket 4A 611 27 11919A-31797 Fitting 4A 211 20
9ldA-31 235 Shim 4A 811 28 01 9A-31 787-13 Fitting 4A 211 21
919A-3l755-3(-4) Fitting 4A 201 33 1;1 919A-317g7-7 Fitting I 4A 1 211 21
01OA-31755-3(-4) Fitting 48 i 203 21 11919A-31797-9 Fitting 4A 211 21
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUI~IBER.. I. NAME SEC;I FIG. PART WUMBER NAME SECII FIG.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I Fla. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIQ. PART NUMBER NAME FIG.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PAR’il;jijMEiER I~ NAME I SEC.I F;iO; No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NWMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIOI
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER I NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC;I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER. NAME SEG. FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I F10. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I RG.
No. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I Fla. PART NUMBER NAME SEC,I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
NOI NO.
PART NUMBER I NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER ~NAME SEC.I FIQ. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I’FIO.
No. No.
INDEX INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME ISEC. FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC: I:FIO;
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
NO. No.
INDEX INDEXI.
P~RT NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIQ;
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIO.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME SEC. FIQ. PART NUMBER NAME SEC.I FIO.
No. No.
INDEX
PART NUMBER NAME ISEC.I FIG. PART NUMBER NAME SEC. F10.
No. No.